S6700 Series Ethernet Switches

Hardware Description 4 Chassis

4 Chassis

4.1 Chassis Overview

4.2 Naming Conventions
4.3 Port Numbering Conventions
4.4 S6700-EI
4.5 S6720-LI
4.6 S6720S-LI
4.7 S6720-SI
4.8 S6720S-SI
4.9 S6720-EI
4.10 S6720S-EI
4.11 S6720-HI
4.12 S6730-H
4.13 S6730-S
4.14 S6730S-S
4.15 S6730S-H
4.16 S6730-H-V2

4.1 Chassis Overview

The S series fixed Ethernet switches integrate the access and transmission
functions to provide reliable access/aggregation and high-quality transmission of
services on enterprise networks. The switches are built on an integrated hardware
platform, and the hardware system consists of the chassis, power module, fan
module, extended cards, and Switch Control Unit (SCU).

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 6

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

The S series fixed Ethernet switches are available in a variety of models for you to
choose based on your network requirements.
The S6700 series includes the S6720-LI, S6720S-LI, S6720-SI, S6720S-SI, S6700-EI,
S6720-EI, S6720S-EI, S6720-HI, S6730-S, S6730S-S, S6730S-H, S6730-H-V2, and
S6730-H subseries. The S6720-LI and S6720S-LI switches are Layer 2 switches, and
all the other models in this series are Layer 3 switches.

4.2 Naming Conventions

Figure 4-1 S6700 switch naming conventions (applicable to S6730 models)

S6730S-H48T4XC-KA
ABC D E F G H I J K L M

NOTE

The device names in this figure are used as examples and do not represent specific devices.
The uplink and downlink ports mentioned in this document refer to the recommended
usage of the port, and do not indicate that the corresponding port can be used only for the
downlink or uplink.

Table 4-1 S6700 switch naming convention description (applicable to S6730

models)
Ide Description
ntif
ier

A Product type (1 character)

The value is fixed at S, indicating that the device is an S series switch.

B Role on the network (1 character)

● 6: aggregation switch
● 5: access switch

C Market positioning (1 character)

7: Enterprise series switch

D Product sub-series (2 characters)

The left character indicates the generation, for example, S6720 and
S6730. The right character indicates switches of the same series with
different specifications, for example, S6720 and S6721.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 7

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Ide Description
ntif
ier

E Industry identifier (0 to 2 characters)

● By default, this field is left empty.
● S: channel distribution model

F Level type (1 character)

● H: high-level
● S: standard

G Number of downlink ports (1 or 2 characters)

H Downlink port type (1 character)

● T: GE electrical port
● P: GE electrical port, supporting PoE+
● X: 10GE optical port
● Y: 25GE optical port

I Number of uplink ports (1 character)

J Uplink port type (1 character)

● S: GE optical port
● X: 10GE optical port
● C: 100GE optical port
● Q: 40GE optical port
● Y: 25GE optical port

K Support for pluggable cards (0 or 1 character)

● Empty: The switch does not support pluggable cards.
● C: The switch supports pluggable cards.

L Special function type (0 or 2 characters)

● V2: The software platform of the switch is Yunshan.

M Power module type (0 to 2 characters)

● Empty: The switch uses pluggable power modules.
● A: The switches are sold with AC power module.
● D: The switches are sold with DC power module.

Figure 4-2 S6700 switch naming conventions (applicable to S6700/S6720 models)

S6720S-26Q-PWH-EI-24S-AC
ABC D E F G H I J K

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 8

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

The device names in this figure are used as examples and do not represent specific devices.
The uplink and downlink ports mentioned in this document refer to the recommended
usage of the port, and do not indicate that the corresponding port can be used only for the
downlink or uplink.

Table 4-2 S6700 switch naming convention description (applicable to S6700/

S6720 models)
Identifie Description
r

A Switch

B ● 6: 10GE downlink ports

● 5: GE downlink ports
● 3: Layer 3 switch with 100M downlink ports
● 2: Layer 2 switch with 100M downlink ports

C 7: Enterprise series switch

D Product sub-series (such as 00 or 10)

E S: channel distribution model

F Maximum number of ports

G Uplink port type:

● C: The product supports pluggable cards and its uplink ports are
provided by a pluggable card or are fixed QSFP+ ports.
● Q: Uplink ports of the product are fixed QSFP+ ports.
● X: The product has fixed 10GE uplink ports.
● L: Uplink ports of the product are 100GE QSFP28 ports.
NOTE
If the product name does not contain this field, the switch has no uplink port.

H PWH: The product supports PoE++.

NOTE
If the product name does not contain this field, the switch does not support
PoE.

I Level type:
● LI: lightweight edition
● SI: standard edition
● EI: enhanced edition
● HI: high-end edition, which supports high-performance operation,
administration, and maintenance (OAM) and built-in real-time
clock (RTC)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 9

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Identifie Description
r

J Downlink port type:

● 24S: 24 downlink SFP+ optical ports
● 48S: 48 downlink SFP+ optical ports

K Power supply type:

● AC: switch using alternating current power supply
● DC: switch using direct current power supply
NOTE
If S6720-EI, S6720-SI, and S6720S-SI switches are sold with pluggable AC or
DC power modules in standard configuration, their product model names
contain "-AC" or "-DC." However, the silkscreens and nameplates on the
switches do not contain "-AC" or "-DC."

4.3 Port Numbering Conventions

Physical ports are numbered in the following way:
A single switch uses slot ID/subcard ID/port sequence number to identify physical
ports.
● Slot ID: indicates the slot where the switch is located. The value is 0.
● Subcard ID: indicates the ID of a subcard.
● Port sequence number: indicates the sequence number of a port on the
switch.
A stacked switch uses stack ID/subcard ID/port sequence number to identify
physical ports.
● Stack ID: indicates the ID of a stacked switch. The value ranges from 0 to 8.
● Subcard ID: indicates the ID of a subcard.
● Port sequence number: indicates the sequence number of a port on the
switch.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 10

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-3 Port numbering conventions

Port Numbering Diagram Description

2 4 6 8 10 12 There are two rows of

service ports on the
device. These ports are
numbered from bottom
1 3 5 7 9 11 to top and left to right,
starting from 1.
For example, the port
on the top left is
numbered 0/0/2.
Ports of different speeds
are numbered
separately. For example,
the first 100M port is
numbered ethernet
0/0/1, and the first GE
port is numbered
gigabitethernet 0/0/1.
Other 100M and GE
ports are numbered in
ascending order
following the two ports
respectively.

4.4 S6700-EI

4.4.1 S6700-24-EI

Version Mapping
Table 4-4 lists the mapping between the S6700-24-EI and software versions.

Table 4-4 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6700-EI S6700-24-EI V100R006C00 to V200R005C02

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 11

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-3 S6700-24-EI appearance

1 2 3 4
CONSOLE PWR1

2 PWR2

SYS

LINK/ACT MODE

Quidway S6700 Series 11 12 13 14 23 24 ETH GREEN=SPEED RED=STACK

STATUS STATUS

5 6 7 8 9 10

1 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 2 One ETH management port

Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module
● GE copper module (applicable
in V200R001C01 and later
versions, only 1000 Mbit/s
supported)
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
(applicable in V200R005C00
and later versions)
● 1 m and 3 m SFP+ high-speed
copper cables
● 5 m SFP+ high-speed copper
cables (applicable in
V200R005C02)
● 10 m SFP+ high-speed copper
cable (applicable in
V200R001C00 and later
versions)
● 3 m and 10 m AOC cables
(applicable in V200R003C00
and later versions)

3 One console port 4 One USB port

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 12

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

5 Ground screw 6 ESD jack

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. Before installing or maintaining a
switch, wear an ESD wrist strap and
insert the other end of the ESD wrist
strap into this ESD jack.

7 Fan slot 2 8 Fan slot 1

NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: Applicable fan module:
CX7E1FANA fan module CX7E1FANA fan module

9 Power module slot 2 1 Power module slot 1

0
NOTE NOTE
● 500 W AC power module ● 500 W AC power module
● 500 W DC power module ● 500 W DC power module

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port
A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-5 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-5 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table 4-6.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 13

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-6 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management

workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootROM menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. For details on how to use the ETH management port, see the
Configuration Guide - Basic Configurations. Table 4-7 describes the attributes of
an ETH management port.

Table 4-7 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

USB port

The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 14

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Indicator Description

Figure 4-4 Indicators on the S6700-24-EI

6 1 2
CONSOLE PWR1

2 PWR2

LINK/ACT
SYS

MODE
3
1

Quidway S6700 Series 11 1 ETH GREEN=SPEED RED=STACK

7 5 4

6 12
CONSOLE PWR1

3
2 PWR2

SYS

LINK/ACT MODE

Quidway S6700 Series 11 12 13 14 23 24 ETH GREEN=SPEED RED=STACK

7 54

Table 4-8 Description of indicators on the switch

Numbe Indicator/ Color Description
r Button

1 PWR1: power - Off: No power module is available in

supply power module slot 1, or the switch
indicator has only one power module but the
power module does not work
normally.

Green Steady on: A power module is

installed in power module slot 1 and
is working normally.

Red Steady on: The switch has two

power modules installed. Any of the
following situations occurs in power
module slot 1:
● A power module is available in
this slot but its power switch is in
the OFF position.
● A power module is available in
this slot but it is not connected to
a power source.
● The power module in power
module slot 1 fails.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 15

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Numbe Indicator/ Color Description

r Button

2 PWR2: power - Off: No power module is available in

supply power module slot 2, or the switch
indicator has only one power module but the
power module does not work
normally.

Green Steady on: A power module is

installed in power module slot 2 and
is working normally.

Red Steady on: The switch has two

power modules installed. Any of the
following situations occurs in power
module slot 2:
● A power module is available in
this slot but its power switch is in
the OFF position.
● A power module is available in
this slot but it is not connected to
a power source.
● The power module in power
module slot 2 fails.

3 SYS: system - Off: The system is not running.

status
indicator Green Indicator states and meaning in
V100R006 version:
● Steady on: The system is not
operating properly or is starting.
● Slow blinking: The system is
operating properly.
● Fast blinking: The system is
copying the system software and
configuration file from a USB
flash drive.
Indicator states and meaning in
V200R001 and later versions:
● Fast blinking: The system is
starting or is copying the system
software and configuration file
from a USB flash drive during a
USB-based upgrade.
● Slow blinking: The system is
running normally.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 16

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Numbe Indicator/ Color Description

r Button

Yellow ● Steady on: The system is

performing self-check during
startup (only applicable to
V100R006).
● Blinking: The system has been
successfully upgraded using a
USB flash drive and the switch
has restarted. You can remove the
USB flash drive from the switch.

Red ● Steady on: The system does not

work normally after registration,
or a fan or temperature alarm
has been generated.
● Blinking: An error occurred during
USB-based upgrade and the
system failed to be upgraded
after a USB flash drive is inserted.

4 MODE: mode - Off: The service port indicators are

indicator in the status mode (default). In the
status mode, the service port
indicator shows the port link or
activity state.

Green Steady on: The service port

indicators show the port speed. After
45 seconds, the service port
indicators automatically restore to
the status mode.

Red Steady on: The service port

indicators show the stack ID of the
switch. After 45 seconds, the service
port indicators automatically restore
to the status mode.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 17

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Numbe Indicator/ Color Description

r Button

5 Mode switch - ● When you press this button once,

button the mode indicator turns green
and the service port indicators
show the speed of each service
port.
● When you press this button a
second time, the mode indicator
turns red and the service port
indicators show the stack status.
● When you press this button a
third time, the mode indicator
turns off.
If you do not press the button within
45 seconds, the mode indicator
restores to status mode.

6 Service port Meanings of service port indicators vary in different

indicator modes. For details, see Table 4-9.

7 ETH indicator Green ● Off: No link is established on the

port.
● Steady on: The port is connected.
● Blinking: The port is sending or
receiving data.

Table 4-9 Description of service port indicators in different modes

Display Mode Color Description

Status - Off: The port is not connected or has

been shut down.

Green Steady on: The port is connected.

Yellow Blinking: The interface is sending or

receiving data.

Speed Green and ● Off: The port is not connected or

yellow has been shut down.
● Both steady on: The port is
operating at a speed of 1000
Mbit/s.
● Both blinking: The port is
operating at a speed of 10 Gbit/s.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 18

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Display Mode Color Description

Stack Green and ● Off: Port indicators do not show

yellow the stack ID of the switch.
● If both indicators are steady on,
the switch is not a master switch:
– If the indicator of a port is
steady on, the number of this
port is the stack ID of the
switch.
– If the first nine port indicators
of the switch are steady on,
the stack ID of the switch is 0.
● If both indicators are blinking, the
switch is a master switch:
– If the indicator of a port is
blinking, the number of this
port is the stack ID of the
switch.
– If the first nine port indicators
of the switch are blinking, the
stack ID of the switch is 0.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6700-24-EI can use a single power module or double power modules for 1+1
power redundancy. In versions prior to V200R005C00, the switch cannot use AC
and DC power modules simultaneously. In V200R005C00 and later versions, the
switch support mixing of AC and DC power modules.

Figure 4-5 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides -53 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-5 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

NEG: Negative wire RTN: Positive wire GND: -53 V reference ground

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 19

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-6 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides -53 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-6 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: -53 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6700-24-EI uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air flows in
from the left and right sides, and exhausts from the rear panel.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-10 lists technical specifications of the S6700-24-EI.

Table 4-10 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 512 MB

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 20

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Flash 64 MB

Mean time 34.54 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±2 kV in differential mode, ±4

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 420.0 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x 16.5

W x D) in.)

Weight ● Empty: ≤ 5 kg (11.02 lb)

● Fully configured: ≤ 8.5 kg (18.74 lb)

Stack ports Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of eight physical ports)

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 153.6 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Operating -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
● The operating temperature of the switch is -5°C to +45°C (23°F
to 113°F) when it uses SFP+ optical modules with 40 km or
longer transmission distances.
● When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 21

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 55 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 02352768

4.4.2 S6700-48-EI

Version Mapping
Table 4-11 lists the mapping between the S6700-48-EI and software versions.

Table 4-11 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6700-EI S6700-48-EI V100R006C00 to V200R005C02

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-7 S6700-48-EI appearance

1 2 3 4
CONSOLE PWR1

2 PWR2

SYS

LINK/ACT MODE

Quidway S6700 Series 11 12 13 14 23 24 25 26 35 36 37 38 47 48 ETH GREEN=SPEED RED=STACK

STATUS STATUS

5 6 7 8 9 10

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 22

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Forty-eight 10GE SFP+ ports 2 One ETH management port

Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module
● GE copper module (applicable
in V200R001C01 and later
versions, only 1000 Mbit/s
supported)
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
(applicable in V200R005C00
and later versions)
● 1 m and 3 m SFP+ high-speed
copper cables
● 5 m SFP+ high-speed copper
cables (applicable in
V200R005C02)
● 10 m SFP+ high-speed copper
cable (applicable in
V200R001C00 and later
versions)
● 3 m and 10 m AOC cables
(applicable in V200R003C00
and later versions)

3 One console port 4 One USB port

5 Ground screw 6 ESD jack

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. Before installing or maintaining a
switch, wear an ESD wrist strap and
insert the other end of the ESD wrist
strap into this ESD jack.

7 Fan slot 2 8 Fan slot 1

NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: Applicable fan module:
CX7E1FANA fan module CX7E1FANA fan module

9 Power module slot 2 1 Power module slot 1

0
NOTE NOTE
● 500 W AC power module ● 500 W AC power module
● 500 W DC power module ● 500 W DC power module

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 23

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-12 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-12 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

Console port

The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-13.

Table 4-13 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management

workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootROM menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. For details on how to use the ETH management port, see the

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 24

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Configuration Guide - Basic Configurations. Table 4-14 describes the attributes of

an ETH management port.

Table 4-14 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6700-48-EI has the same types of indicators as the S6700-24-EI. For details,
see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6700-48-EI can use a single power module or double power modules for 1+1
power redundancy. In versions prior to V200R005C00, the switch cannot use AC
and DC power modules simultaneously. In V200R005C00 and later versions, the
switch support mixing of AC and DC power modules.
Figure 4-8 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides -53 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 25

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-8 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

NEG: Negative wire RTN: Positive wire GND: -53 V reference ground

Figure 4-9 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides -53 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-9 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: -53 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6700-48-EI uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air flows in
from the left and right sides, and exhausts from the rear panel.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 26

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-15 lists technical specifications of the S6700-48-EI.

Table 4-15 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 512 MB

Flash 64 MB

Mean time 33.76

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±2 kV in differential mode, ±4

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 420.0 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x 16.5

W x D) in.)

Weight ● Empty: ≤ 5 kg (11.02 lb)

● Fully configured: ≤ 8.5 kg (18.74 lb)

Stack ports Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of eight physical ports)

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 240 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 27

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Operating -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
● The operating temperature of the switch is -5°C to +45°C (23°F
to 113°F) when it uses SFP+ optical modules with 40 km or
longer transmission distances.
● When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 55 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 02352767

4.5 S6720-LI

4.5.1 S6720-16X-LI-16S-AC

Version Mapping
Table 4-16 lists the mapping between the S6720-16X-LI-16S-AC chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-16 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-LI S6720-16X-LI-16S-AC V200R011C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 28

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-10 S6720-16X-LI-16S-AC appearance

1 23 4 5
HUAWEI
PWR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 CONSOLE
RPS
SYS
STAT
SPED
STCK

MODE PNP ETH

S6720-16X-LI-16S-AC

~100-240V;50/60Hz; 3A

+12 V;12.0 A

6 7 8 9

1 Sixteen 10GE SFP+ ports 2 One PNP button

Applicable modules and cables: NOTICE

● GE optical module Applicable in V200R012C00 and later

versions:
● GE-CWDM optical module
To restore the factory settings and reset
● GE-DWDM optical module the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing) To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
interruption. Exercise caution when you
(OSXD22N00 not supported) press the PNP button.
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
● 10GE-DWDM optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(used for zero-configuration
stacking, supported in
V200R011C10 and later
versions)

3 One ETH management port 4 One console port

5 One USB port 6 Ground screw

NOTE
It is used with a ground cable.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 29

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

7 RPS socket 8 Jack for AC power cable locking

strap
NOTE
NOTE
It is used with an RPS cable, which is The AC power cable locking strap is not
not hot swappable. delivered with the switch.

9 AC socket - -
NOTE
It is used with an AC power cable.

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-17 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-17 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

Console port

The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-18.

Table 4-18 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 30

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management

workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-19 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-19 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.

USB port

The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 31

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Indicator Description
The S6720-16X-LI-16S-AC has similar indicators to those of the S6720-26Q-LI-24S-
AC, except that the S6720-16X-LI-16S-AC has no 40GE port indicators. For details,
see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-16X-LI-16S-AC has a built-in power module and does not support
pluggable power modules. It can connect to an RPS1800 power supply for power
redundancy.

Figure 4-11 shows the power supply mode of a built-in AC power module. The
built-in AC power module (PWR) receives power from an external power source
and provides a 12 V output to the chassis.

Figure 4-11 Power supply mode of a built-in AC power module

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR

L N PGND

L: live wire N: neutral wire PGND: protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-16X-LI-16S-AC has three built-in fans for forced air cooling. Air flows in
from the left side and front panel, and exhausts from the right side.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 32

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Technical Specifications
Table 4-20 lists technical specifications of the S6720-16X-LI-16S-AC.

Table 4-20 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 39.2 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ±6 kV in differential mode, ± 6 kV in common mode

surge protection

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 225.0 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 8.86 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the parts protruding from the
rear panel): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 234.4 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 9.23 in.)

Weight 4.1 kg (9.04 lb)

(including
package)

Stack ports Any 10GE SFP+ ports

RTC Supported

RPS Supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 33

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Maximum power 67.9 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 45.2 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 46.5 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 34

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 98010687

4.5.2 S6720-32X-LI-32S-AC

Version Mapping
Table 4-21 lists the mapping between the S6720-32X-LI-32S-AC chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-21 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-LI S6720-32X-LI-32S-AC V200R011C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-12 S6720-32X-LI-32S-AC appearance

1 23 4 5
HUAWEI
PWR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 CONSOLE
RPS
SYS
STAT
SPED
STCK

MODE PNP ETH

S6720-32X-LI-32S-AC

~100-240V;50/60Hz; 3A

+12 V;12.0 A

6 7 8 9

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 35

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Thirty-two 10GE SFP+ ports 2 One PNP button

Applicable modules and cables: NOTICE

● GE optical module Applicable in V200R012C00 and later

versions:
● GE-CWDM optical module
To restore the factory settings and reset
● GE-DWDM optical module the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing) To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
interruption. Exercise caution when you
(OSXD22N00 not supported) press the PNP button.
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
● 10GE-DWDM optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(the last 16 ports are
supported, used for zero-
configuration stacking,
supported in V200R011C10 and
later versions)

3 One ETH management port 4 One console port

5 One USB port 6 Ground screw

NOTE
It is used with a ground cable.

7 RPS socket 8 Jack for AC power cable locking

strap
NOTE
NOTE
It is used with an RPS cable, which is The AC power cable locking strap is not
not hot swappable. delivered with the switch.

9 AC socket - -
NOTE
It is used with an AC power cable.

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port
A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-22 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 36

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-22 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

Console port

The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-23.

Table 4-23 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management

workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-24 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-24 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 37

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6720-32X-LI-32S-AC has similar indicators to those of the S6720-26Q-LI-24S-
AC, except that the S6720-32X-LI-32S-AC has no 40GE port indicators. For details,
see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-32X-LI-32S-AC has a built-in power module and does not support
pluggable power modules. It can connect to an RPS1800 power supply for power
redundancy.
Figure 4-13 shows the power supply mode of a built-in AC power module. The
built-in AC power module (PWR) receives power from an external power source
and provides a 12 V output to the chassis.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 38

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-13 Power supply mode of a built-in AC power module

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR

L N PGND

L: live wire N: neutral wire PGND: protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-32X-LI-32S-AC has three built-in fans for forced air cooling. Air flows in
from the left side and front panel, and exhausts from the right side.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-25 lists technical specifications of the S6720-32X-LI-32S-AC.

Table 4-25 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 42.8 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 39

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ±6 kV in differential mode, ± 6 kV in common mode

surge protection

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 225.0 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 8.86 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the parts protruding from the
rear panel): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 234.4 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 9.23 in.)

Weight 4.3 kg (9.48 lb)

(including
package)

Stack ports Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range

Maximum power 108.5 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 71.8 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 40

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 46.4 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 98010693

4.5.3 S6720-26Q-LI-24S-AC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 41

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Version Mapping
Table 4-26 lists the mapping between the S6720-26Q-LI-24S-AC chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-26 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-LI S6720-26Q-LI-24S-AC V200R011C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-14 S6720-26Q-LI-24S-AC appearance

1 2 34 5 6
HUAWEI
PWR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 CONSOLE
RPS
SYS
STAT
SPED 1 2
STCK

MODE PNP ETH

S6720-26Q-LI-24S-AC 40G

~100-240V;50/60Hz; 3A

+12 V;12.0 A

7 8 9 10

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 42

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Two 40GE QSFP+ ports

Applicable modules and cables: Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
● GE-DWDM optical module QSFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing) ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
4*SFP+ high-speed copper
● 10GE SFP+ optical module cables
(OSXD22N00 not supported)
● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
● 10GE-CWDM optical module cable
● 10GE-DWDM optical module ● 10 m QSFP+ to 4*SFP+ AOC
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+ cable
high-speed copper cables
NOTE
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
A 40GE QSFP+ optical port can be split
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+ into four 10GE ports.
dedicated stack copper cables
(the last 16 ports are
supported, used for zero-
configuration stacking,
supported in V200R011C10 and
later versions)

3 One PNP button 4 One ETH management port

NOTICE
Applicable in V200R012C00 and later
versions:
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

5 One console port 6 One USB port

7 Ground screw 8 RPS socket

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. It is used with an RPS cable, which is
not hot swappable.

9 Jack for AC power cable locking 1 AC socket

strap 0
NOTE
NOTE It is used with an AC power cable.
The AC power cable locking strap is not
delivered with the switch.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 43

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port
A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-27 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-27 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE QSFP+ port

A 40GE QSFP+ optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s and can
be split into four 10GE ports. After a split, the 40GE QSFP+ optical port needs to
be connected to a remote device using a 1-to-4 QSFP+ fiber (with matching
optical modules), a 1-to-4 QSFP+ AOC cable, or a 1-to-4 QSFP+ copper cable.
Table 4-28 describes the attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port.

Table 4-28 Attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-29.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 44

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-29 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-30 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-30 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 45

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
NOTE

Hold down the mode switch button for 6s and release it to start the web initial login mode.
Either of the following situations will occur:
● If the switch has no configuration file, the system attempts to enter the web initial
login mode. In this mode, the status of mode indicators is as follows:
● If the system enters the web initial login mode successfully, all mode indicators
turn green and stay on for a maximum of 10 minutes.
● If the system fails to enter the initial login mode, all mode indicators fast blink
for 10 seconds and then restore the default status.
● If the switch has a configuration file, the system cannot enter the web initial login
mode. In this case, all mode indicators fast blink for 10s, and then return to the
default states.

Figure 4-15 Indicators on the S6720-26Q-LI-24S-AC

10 11
3 21 8
HUAWEI
PWR 1 2 3 4 5 CONSOLE
RPS
SYS
STAT
SPED
STCK

4 56 MODE
S6720-26Q-LI-24S-AC
PNP ETH

7
3 21 8 9 10 11
HUAWEI
PWR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 CONSOLE
RPS
SYS
STAT
SPED 1 2
STCK

4 56
MODE PNP ETH
S6720-26Q-LI-24S-AC 40G

7
9

1 2

40G

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 46

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

The S6720-LI series switches provide a command for setting fault indicators, which help
field maintenance personnel find a faulty switch quickly.
The SYS indicator and mode indicators (STAT, SPED, and STCK) are used as fault indicators
of a switch. If the switch fails, its SYS indicator and mode indicators can be configured to
blink red fast so that field maintenance personnel can find this faulty switch.

Table 4-31 Description of indicators on the switch

No Indi Name Col Statu Description
. cato or s
r

1 PWR Power - Off The switch is powered off.

module
indicato Gre Stead The system power supply is normal.
r en y on

Yell Stead The built-in power module has failed,

ow y on and the switch is receiving power from a
redundant power supply (RPS).

2 RPS RPS - Off The switch is not connected to an RPS.

indicato
r Gre Stead The RPS is in cold standby state.
en y on

Gre Blinki The RPS is supplying power to another

en ng switch.

Yell Blinki The RPS is supplying power to the local

ow ng switch, and the built-in power module of
the switch has failed.

3 SYS System - Off The system is not running.

status
indicato Gre Fast The system is starting.
r en blinki
ng

Gre Slow The system is running normally.

en blinki
ng

Red Stead The system does not work normally after

y on registration, or a fan alarm or
temperature alarm has been generated.

4 STAT Status - Off The status mode is not selected.

indicato
r Gre Stead The status mode (default mode) is
en y on selected. If the status mode is selected,
the service port indicator shows the port
link or activity state.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 47

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

5 SPE Speed - Off The speed mode is not selected.

D indicato
r Gre Stead The service port indicators show the port
en y on speeds. After 45 seconds, the service port
indicators automatically restore to the
status mode.

6 STCK Stack - Off ● If you are not changing the indicator

indicato mode (default): The switch is in stack
r standby or slave state or the stacking
function is not enabled on the switch.
● If you are changing the indicator
mode: The stack mode is not selected.

Gre Stead The switch is a standby or slave switch in

en y on a stack, and the service port indicators
show the stack ID of the switch.

Gre Blinki ● If you are not changing the indicator

en ng mode (default): The switch is a stack
master switch or a standalone switch
with the stacking function enabled.
● If you are changing the indicator
mode: The switch is the master switch
in a stack or a standalone switch, and
the service port indicators show the
stack ID of the master switch.
After 45 seconds, the service port
indicators automatically restore to the
status mode.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 48

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

7 MO Mode - - ● When you press this button once, the

DE switch service port indicators change to the
button speed mode and show the speed of
each service port.
● When you press this button a second
time, the service port indicators
change to the stack mode and show
the stack ID of the local switch.
● When you press this button a third
time, the service port indicators
restore to the default mode, and the
STAT indicator turns green.
If you do not press the MODE button
within 45 seconds, the service port
indicators restore to the default mode. In
this case, the STAT indicator is steady
green, the SPED indicator is off, and the
STCK indicator is off or blinking green.

8 - 10GE Meanings of service port indicators vary in different

service modes. For details, see Table 4-32.
port
indicato
r (two
indicato
rs for
each
port)

9 - 40GE Meanings of service port indicators vary in different

service modes. For details, see Table 4-33.
port
indicato
r (one
indicato
r for
each
port)

10 - ETH - Off The ETH port is not connected.

port
indicato Gre Stead The ETH port is connected.
r en y on

Gre Blinki The ETH port is sending or receiving data.

en ng

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 49

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

11 - USB- - Off ● No USB flash drive is connected to the

based switch.
deploy ● The USB port is damaged.
ment
indicato ● The indicator is damaged.
r ● The USB flash drive does not have any
configuration file and cannot be used
for deployment.
● The switch has been upgraded using
the USB flash drive and is restarting.

Gre Stead A USB-based deployment has been

en y on completed.

Gre Blinki The system is reading data from the USB

en ng flash drive.

Yell Stead The switch has copied all the required

ow y on files and completed the file check. The
USB flash drive can be removed from the
switch.

Red Blinki An error has occurred when the system is

ng executing the configuration file or
reading data from the USB flash drive.

Table 4-32 Description of 10GE service port indicators in different modes (two
indicators for each port)
Display Color Status Description
Mode

Status - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady A link has been established on the port.

on

Yellow Blinking The port is sending or receiving data.

Speed - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady 1000M/10GE port: The port is operating at

and on 1000 Mbit/s.
yellow

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 50

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Display Color Status Description

Mode

Green Blinking 1000M/10GE port: The port is operating at

and 10 Gbit/s.
yellow

Stack - Off Port indicators do not show the stack ID of

the switch.

Green Steady The switch is not the master switch in a

and on stack.
yellow ● If the indicator of a port is steady on, the
number of this port is the stack ID of the
switch.
● If the indicators of ports 1 to 9 are steady
on, the stack ID of the switch is 0.

Green Blinking The switch is the master switch in a stack.

and ● If the indicator of a port is blinking, the
yellow number of this port is the stack ID of the
switch.
● If the indicators of ports 1 to 9 are
blinking, the stack ID of the switch is 0.

Table 4-33 Description of 40GE service port indicators in different modes (one
indicator for each port)
Display Color Status Description
Mode

Status - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady A link has been established on the port.

on

Green Blinking The port is sending or receiving data.

Speed - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady The port is operating at 10 Gbit/s.

on

Green Blinking The port is operating at 40 Gbit/s.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 51

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-26Q-LI-24S-AC has a built-in power module and does not support
pluggable power modules. It can connect to an RPS1800 power supply for power
redundancy.

Figure 4-16 shows the power supply mode of a built-in AC power module. The
built-in AC power module (PWR) receives power from an external power source
and provides a 12 V output to the chassis.

Figure 4-16 Power supply mode of a built-in AC power module

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR

L N PGND

L: live wire N: neutral wire PGND: protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-26Q-LI-24S-AC has three built-in fans for forced air cooling. Air flows
in from the left side and front panel, and exhausts from the right side.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-34 lists technical specifications of the S6720-26Q-LI-24S-AC.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 52

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-34 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 39.2 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ±6 kV in differential mode, ± 6 kV in common mode

surge protection

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 225.0 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 8.86 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the parts protruding from the
rear panel): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 234.4 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 9.23 in.)

Weight 4.2 kg (9.26 lb)

(including
package)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum of 2 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range

Maximum power 100.2 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 53

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Typical power 67.1 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 46.5 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 54

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Part number 98010684

4.6 S6720S-LI

4.6.1 S6720S-16X-LI-16S-AC

Version Mapping
Table 4-35 lists the mapping between the S6720S-16X-LI-16S-AC chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-35 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720S-LI S6720S-16X-LI-16S-AC V200R011C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-17 S6720S-16X-LI-16S-AC appearance

1 23 4 5
HUAWEI
PWR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 CONSOLE
RPS
SYS
STAT
SPED
STCK
᭜
MODE PNP ETH
S6720S-16X-LI-16S-AC

~100-240V;50/60Hz; 3A

+12 V;12.0 A

6 7 8 9

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 55

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Sixteen 10GE SFP+ ports 2 One PNP button

Applicable modules and cables: NOTICE

● GE optical module Applicable in V200R012C00 and later

versions:
● GE-CWDM optical module
To restore the factory settings and reset
● GE-DWDM optical module the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing) To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
interruption. Exercise caution when you
(OSXD22N00 not supported) press the PNP button.
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
● 10GE-DWDM optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(used for zero-configuration
stacking, supported in
V200R011C10 and later
versions)

3 One ETH management port 4 One console port

5 One USB port 6 Ground screw

NOTE
It is used with a ground cable.

7 RPS socket 8 Jack for AC power cable locking

strap
NOTE
NOTE
It is used with an RPS cable, which is The AC power cable locking strap is not
not hot swappable. delivered with the switch.

9 AC socket - -
NOTE
It is used with an AC power cable.

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port
A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-36 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 56

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-36 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

Console port

The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-37.

Table 4-37 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management

workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-38 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-38 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 57

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6720S-16X-LI-16S-AC has similar indicators to those of the S6720-26Q-
LI-24S-AC, except that the S6720S-16X-LI-16S-AC has no 40GE port indicators. For
details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720S-16X-LI-16S-AC has a built-in power module and does not support
pluggable power modules. It can connect to an RPS1800 power supply for power
redundancy.
Figure 4-18 shows the power supply mode of a built-in AC power module. The
built-in AC power module (PWR) receives power from an external power source
and provides a 12 V output to the chassis.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 58

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-18 Power supply mode of a built-in AC power module

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR

L N PGND

L: live wire N: neutral wire PGND: protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720S-16X-LI-16S-AC has three built-in fans for forced air cooling. Air flows
in from the left side and front panel, and exhausts from the right side.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-39 lists technical specifications of the S6720S-16X-LI-16S-AC.

Table 4-39 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 39.2 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 59

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ±6 kV in differential mode, ± 6 kV in common mode

surge protection

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 225.0 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 8.86 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the parts protruding from the
rear panel): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 234.4 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 9.23 in.)

Weight 4.1 kg (9.04 lb)

(including
package)

Stack ports Any 10GE SFP+ ports

RTC Supported

RPS Supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range

Maximum power 67.9 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 45.2 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 60

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 46.5 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 98010688

4.6.2 S6720S-32X-LI-32S-AC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 61

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Version Mapping
Table 4-40 lists the mapping between the S6720S-32X-LI-32S-AC chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-40 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720S-LI S6720S-32X-LI-32S-AC V200R011C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-19 S6720S-32X-LI-32S-AC appearance

1 23 4 5
HUAWEI
PWR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 CONSOLE
RPS
SYS
STAT
SPED
STCK

MODE PNP ETH

S6720S-32X-LI-32S-AC

~100-240V;50/60Hz; 3A

+12 V;12.0 A

6 7 8 9

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 62

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Thirty-two 10GE SFP+ ports 2 One PNP button

Applicable modules and cables: NOTICE

● GE optical module Applicable in V200R012C00 and later

versions:
● GE-CWDM optical module
To restore the factory settings and reset
● GE-DWDM optical module the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing) To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
interruption. Exercise caution when you
(OSXD22N00 not supported) press the PNP button.
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
● 10GE-DWDM optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(the last 16 ports are
supported, used for zero-
configuration stacking,
supported in V200R011C10 and
later versions)

3 One ETH management port 4 One console port

5 One USB port 6 Ground screw

NOTE
It is used with a ground cable.

7 RPS socket 8 Jack for AC power cable locking

strap
NOTE
NOTE
It is used with an RPS cable, which is The AC power cable locking strap is not
not hot swappable. delivered with the switch.

9 AC socket - -
NOTE
It is used with an AC power cable.

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port
A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-41 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 63

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-41 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

Console port

The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-42.

Table 4-42 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management

workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-43 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-43 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 64

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6720S-32X-LI-32S-AC has similar indicators to those of the S6720-26Q-
LI-24S-AC, except that the S6720S-32X-LI-32S-AC has no 40GE port indicators. For
details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720S-32X-LI-32S-AC has a built-in power module and does not support
pluggable power modules. It can connect to an RPS1800 power supply for power
redundancy.
Figure 4-20 shows the power supply mode of a built-in AC power module. The
built-in AC power module (PWR) receives power from an external power source
and provides a 12 V output to the chassis.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 65

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-20 Power supply mode of a built-in AC power module

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR

L N PGND

L: live wire N: neutral wire PGND: protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720S-32X-LI-32S-AC has three built-in fans for forced air cooling. Air flows
in from the left side and front panel, and exhausts from the right side.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-44 lists technical specifications of the S6720S-32X-LI-32S-AC.

Table 4-44 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 42.8 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 66

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ±6 kV in differential mode, ± 6 kV in common mode

surge protection

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 225.0 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 8.86 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the parts protruding from the
rear panel): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 234.4 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 9.23 in.)

Weight 4.3 kg (9.48 lb)

(including
package)

Stack ports Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range

Maximum power 108.5 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 71.8 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 67

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 46.4 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 98010694

4.6.3 S6720S-26Q-LI-24S-AC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 68

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Version Mapping
Table 4-45 lists the mapping between the S6720S-26Q-LI-24S-AC chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-45 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720S-LI S6720S-26Q-LI-24S-AC V200R011C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-21 S6720S-26Q-LI-24S-AC appearance

1 2 34 5 6
HUAWEI
PWR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 CONSOLE
RPS
SYS
STAT
SPED 1 2
STCK

MODE PNP ETH

S6720S-26Q-LI-24S-AC 40G

~100-240V;50/60Hz; 3A

+12 V;12.0 A

7 8 9 10

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 69

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Two 40GE QSFP+ ports

Applicable modules and cables: Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
● GE-DWDM optical module QSFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing) ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
4*SFP+ high-speed copper
● 10GE SFP+ optical module cables
(OSXD22N00 not supported)
● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
● 10GE-CWDM optical module cable
● 10GE-DWDM optical module ● 10 m QSFP+ to 4*SFP+ AOC
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+ cable
high-speed copper cables
NOTE
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
A 40GE QSFP+ optical port can be split
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+ into four 10GE ports.
dedicated stack copper cables
(the last 16 ports are
supported, used for zero-
configuration stacking,
supported in V200R011C10 and
later versions)

3 One PNP button 4 One ETH management port

NOTICE
Applicable in V200R012C00 and later
versions:
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

5 One console port 6 One USB port

7 Ground screw 8 RPS socket

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. It is used with an RPS cable, which is
not hot swappable.

9 Jack for AC power cable locking 1 AC socket

strap 0
NOTE
NOTE It is used with an AC power cable.
The AC power cable locking strap is not
delivered with the switch.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 70

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port
A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-46 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-46 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE QSFP+ port

A 40GE QSFP+ optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s and can
be split into four 10GE ports. After a split, the 40GE QSFP+ optical port needs to
be connected to a remote device using a 1-to-4 QSFP+ fiber (with matching
optical modules), a 1-to-4 QSFP+ AOC cable, or a 1-to-4 QSFP+ copper cable.
Table 4-47 describes the attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port.

Table 4-47 Attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-48.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 71

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-48 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-49 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-49 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 72

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6720S-26Q-LI-24S-AC has the same types of indicators as the S6720-26Q-
LI-24S-AC. For details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720S-26Q-LI-24S-AC has a built-in power module and does not support
pluggable power modules. It can connect to an RPS1800 power supply for power
redundancy.
Figure 4-22 shows the power supply mode of a built-in AC power module. The
built-in AC power module (PWR) receives power from an external power source
and provides a 12 V output to the chassis.

Figure 4-22 Power supply mode of a built-in AC power module

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR

L N PGND

L: live wire N: neutral wire PGND: protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720S-26Q-LI-24S-AC has three built-in fans for forced air cooling. Air flows
in from the left side and front panel, and exhausts from the right side.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 73

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-50 lists technical specifications of the S6720S-26Q-LI-24S-AC.

Table 4-50 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 39.2 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ±6 kV in differential mode, ± 6 kV in common mode

surge protection

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 225.0 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 8.86 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the parts protruding from the
rear panel): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 234.4 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 9.23 in.)

Weight 4.2 kg (9.26 lb)

(including
package)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum of 2 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 74

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range

Maximum power 100.2 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 67.1 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 46.5 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 75

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 98010685

4.7 S6720-SI

4.7.1 S6720-26Q-SI-24S-AC

Version Mapping
Table 4-51 lists the mapping between the S6720-26Q-SI-24S-AC chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-51 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-SI S6720-26Q-SI-24S-AC V200R011C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-23 S6720-26Q-SI-24S-AC appearance

1 2 34 5 6
HUAWEI
PWR1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED 1 2
STCK

MODE PNP ETH

S6720-26Q-SI-24S 40G

STATUS
ON

STATUS OFF

~100-240V;
FAN PWR2 PWR1 FAN-046A-B ES0W2PSA0150 50/60 Hz;3A

78 9 10 11

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 76

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Two 40GE QSFP+ ports

Applicable modules and cables: Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
● GE-DWDM optical module QSFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing) ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
4*SFP+ high-speed copper
● 10GE SFP+ optical module cables
(OSXD22N00 not supported)
● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
● 10GE-CWDM optical module cable
● 10GE-DWDM optical module ● 10 m QSFP+ to 4*SFP+ AOC
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+ cable
high-speed copper cables
NOTE
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
A 40GE QSFP+ optical port can be split
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+ into four 10GE ports.
dedicated stack copper cables
(the last 16 ports are
supported, used for zero-
configuration stacking,
supported in V200R011C10 and
later versions)

3 One PNP button 4 One ETH management port

NOTICE
Applicable in V200R012C00 and later
versions:
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

5 One console port 6 One USB port

7 Ground screw 8 ESN label

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. You can draw it out to view the ESN
and MAC address of the switch.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 77

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

9 Fan slot 1 Power module slot 2

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.2 FAN-046A- Applicable power modules:
B Fan Module ● 150 W AC power module
● 150 W DC power module

1 Power module slot 1 - -

1
NOTE
Applicable power modules:
● 150 W AC power module
● 150 W DC power module

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-52 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-52 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE QSFP+ port

A 40GE QSFP+ optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s and can
be split into four 10GE ports. After a split, the 40GE QSFP+ optical port needs to
be connected to a remote device using a 1-to-4 QSFP+ fiber (with matching
optical modules), a 1-to-4 QSFP+ AOC cable, or a 1-to-4 QSFP+ copper cable.
Table 4-53 describes the attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port.

Table 4-53 Attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 78

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-54.

Table 4-54 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-55 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-55 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 79

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
NOTE

Hold down the mode switch button for 6s and release it to start the web initial login mode.
Either of the following situations will occur:
● If the switch has no configuration file, the system attempts to enter the web initial
login mode. In this mode, the status of mode indicators is as follows:
● If the system enters the web initial login mode successfully, all mode indicators
turn green and stay on for a maximum of 10 minutes.
● If the system fails to enter the initial login mode, all mode indicators fast blink
for 10 seconds and then restore the default status.
● If the switch has a configuration file, the system cannot enter the web initial login
mode. In this case, all mode indicators fast blink for 10s, and then return to the
default states.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 80

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-24 Indicators on the S6720-26Q-SI-24S-AC

10 11
3 21 8
HUAWEI
PWR1 1 2 3 4 5 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED
STCK

4 56 MODE
S6720-26Q-SI-24S
PNP ETH

7
3 21 8 9 10 11
HUAWEI
PWR1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED 1 2
STCK

4 56
MODE PNP ETH
S6720-26Q-SI-24S 40G

7
9

1 2

40G

NOTE

The S6720-SI series switches provide a command for setting fault indicators, which help
field maintenance personnel find a faulty switch quickly.
The SYS indicator and mode indicators (STAT, SPED, and STCK) are used as fault indicators
of a switch. If the switch fails, its SYS indicator and mode indicators can be configured to
blink red fast so that field maintenance personnel can find this faulty switch.

Table 4-56 Description of indicators on the switch

No Indi Name Col Statu Description
. cato or s
r

1 PWR Power - Off No power module is available in power

1 module module slot 1, or the switch has only one
indicato power module but the power module
r does not work normally.

Gre Stead A power module is installed in power

en y on module slot 1 and is working normally.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 81

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

Yell Stead The switch has two power modules

ow y on installed. Any of the following situations
occurs in power module slot 1:
● A power module is available in this
slot but its power switch is in the OFF
position.
● A power module is available in this
slot but it is not connected to a power
source.
● The power module in this slot has
failed.

2 PWR Power - Off No power module is available in power

2 module module slot 2, or the switch has only one
indicato power module but the power module
r does not work normally.

Gre Stead A power module is installed in power

en y on module slot 2 and is working normally.

Yell Stead The switch has two power modules

ow y on installed. Any of the following situations
occurs in power module slot 2:
● A power module is available in this
slot but its power switch is in the OFF
position.
● A power module is available in this
slot but it is not connected to a power
source.
● The power module in this slot has
failed.

3 SYS System - Off The system is not running.

status
indicato Gre Fast The system is starting.
r en blinki
ng

Gre Slow The system is running normally.

en blinki
ng

Red Stead The system does not work normally after

y on registration, or a fan alarm or
temperature alarm has been generated.

4 STAT Status - Off The status mode is not selected.

indicato
r

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 82

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

Gre Stead The status mode (default mode) is

en y on selected. If the status mode is selected,
the service port indicator shows the port
link or activity state.

5 SPE Speed - Off The speed mode is not selected.

D indicato
r Gre Stead The service port indicators show the port
en y on speeds. After 45 seconds, the service port
indicators automatically restore to the
status mode.

6 STCK Stack - Off ● If you are not changing the indicator

indicato mode (default): The switch is in stack
r standby or slave state or the stacking
function is not enabled on the switch.
● If you are changing the indicator
mode: The stack mode is not selected.

Gre Stead The switch is a standby or slave switch in

en y on a stack, and the service port indicators
show the stack ID of the switch.

Gre Blinki ● If you are not changing the indicator

en ng mode (default): The switch is a stack
master switch or a standalone switch
with the stacking function enabled.
● If you are changing the indicator
mode: The switch is the master switch
in a stack or a standalone switch, and
the service port indicators show the
stack ID of the master switch.
After 45 seconds, the service port
indicators automatically restore to the
status mode.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 83

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

7 MO Mode - - ● When you press this button once, the

DE switch service port indicators change to the
button speed mode and show the speed of
each service port.
● When you press this button a second
time, the service port indicators
change to the stack mode and show
the stack ID of the local switch.
● When you press this button a third
time, the service port indicators
restore to the default mode, and the
STAT indicator turns green.
If you do not press the MODE button
within 45 seconds, the service port
indicators restore to the default mode. In
this case, the STAT indicator is steady
green, the SPED indicator is off, and the
STCK indicator is off or blinking green.

8 - 10GE Meanings of service port indicators vary in different

service modes. For details, see Table 4-57.
port
indicato
r (two
indicato
rs for
each
port)

9 - 40GE Meanings of service port indicators vary in different

service modes. For details, see Table 4-58.
port
indicato
r (one
indicato
r for
each
port)

10 - ETH - Off The ETH port is not connected.

port
indicato Gre Stead The ETH port is connected.
r en y on

Gre Blinki The ETH port is sending or receiving data.

en ng

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 84

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

11 - USB- - Off ● No USB flash drive is connected to the

based switch.
deploy ● The USB port is damaged.
ment
indicato ● The indicator is damaged.
r ● The USB flash drive does not have any
configuration file and cannot be used
for deployment.
● The switch has been upgraded using
the USB flash drive and is restarting.

Gre Stead A USB-based deployment has been

en y on completed.

Gre Blinki The system is reading data from the USB

en ng flash drive.

Yell Stead The switch has copied all the required

ow y on files and completed the file check. The
USB flash drive can be removed from the
switch.

Red Blinki An error has occurred when the system is

ng executing the configuration file or
reading data from the USB flash drive.

Table 4-57 Description of 10GE service port indicators in different modes (two
indicators for each port)
Display Color Status Description
Mode

Status - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady A link has been established on the port.

on

Yellow Blinking The port is sending or receiving data.

Speed - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady 1000M/10GE port: The port is operating at

and on 1000 Mbit/s.
yellow

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 85

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Display Color Status Description

Mode

Green Blinking 1000M/10GE port: The port is operating at

and 10 Gbit/s.
yellow

Stack - Off Port indicators do not show the stack ID of

the switch.

Green Steady The switch is not the master switch in a

and on stack.
yellow ● If the indicator of a port is steady on, the
number of this port is the stack ID of the
switch.
● If the indicators of ports 1 to 9 are steady
on, the stack ID of the switch is 0.

Green Blinking The switch is the master switch in a stack.

and ● If the indicator of a port is blinking, the
yellow number of this port is the stack ID of the
switch.
● If the indicators of ports 1 to 9 are
blinking, the stack ID of the switch is 0.

Table 4-58 Description of 40GE service port indicators in different modes (one
indicator for each port)
Display Color Status Description
Mode

Status - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady A link has been established on the port.

on

Green Blinking The port is sending or receiving data.

Speed - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady The port is operating at 10 Gbit/s.

on

Green Blinking The port is operating at 40 Gbit/s.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 86

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-26Q-SI-24S-AC uses pluggable power modules. It can be configured
with a single power module or double power modules for 1+1 power redundancy.
Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used together in the same switch.

Figure 4-25 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-25 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference ground

Figure 4-26 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-26 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-26Q-SI-24S-AC uses a pluggable fan module for forced air cooling. Air
flows in from the left, right, and front sides, and exhausts from the rear panel.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 87

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-59 lists specifications of the S6720-26Q-SI-24S-AC.

Table 4-59 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 41.9 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 425.0 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.73 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 451.3 mm (1.75 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.77 in.)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 88

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Weight 8.9 kg (19.62 lb)

(including
package)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum of 2 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -36 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 97 W
consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 68.4 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 89

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 57 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating ● AC power modules configured: 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude ● DC power modules configured: 0-2000 m (0-6562 ft.)

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 98010690

4.7.2 S6720-32X-SI-32S-AC

Version Mapping
Table 4-60 lists the mapping between the S6720-32X-SI-32S-AC chassis and
software versions.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 90

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-60 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-SI S6720-32X-SI-32S-AC V200R011C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-27 S6720-32X-SI-32S-AC appearance

1 23 4 5
HUAWEI
PWR1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED
STCK

MODE PNP ETH

S6720-32X-SI-32S

STATUS
ON

STATUS OFF

~100-240V;
FAN PWR2 PWR1 FAN-046A-B ES0W2PSA0150 50/60 Hz;3A

67 8 9 10

1 Thirty-two 10GE SFP+ ports 2 One PNP button

Applicable modules and cables: NOTICE

● GE optical module Applicable in V200R012C00 and later

versions:
● GE-CWDM optical module
To restore the factory settings and reset
● GE-DWDM optical module the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing) To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
interruption. Exercise caution when you
(OSXD22N00 not supported) press the PNP button.
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
● 10GE-DWDM optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(the last 16 ports are
supported, used for zero-
configuration stacking,
supported in V200R011C10 and
later versions)

3 One ETH management port 4 One console port

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 91

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

5 One USB port 6 Ground screw

NOTE
It is used with a ground cable.

7 ESN label 8 Fan slot

NOTE NOTE
You can draw it out to view the ESN Applicable fan module: 6.2 FAN-046A-
and MAC address of the switch. B Fan Module

9 Power module slot 2 1 Power module slot 1

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable power modules: Applicable power modules:
● 150 W AC power module ● 150 W AC power module
● 150 W DC power module ● 150 W DC power module

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-61 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-61 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

Console port

The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-62.

Table 4-62 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 92

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-63 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-63 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 93

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6720-32X-SI-32S-AC has similar indicators to those of the S6720-26Q-
SI-24S-AC, except that the S6720-32X-SI-32S-AC has no 40GE port indicators. For
details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-32X-SI-32S-AC uses pluggable power modules. It can be configured
with a single power module or double power modules for 1+1 power redundancy.
Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used together in the same switch.
Figure 4-28 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-28 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference ground

Figure 4-29 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 94

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-29 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-32X-SI-32S-AC uses a pluggable fan module for forced air cooling. Air
flows in from the left, right, and front sides, and exhausts from the rear panel.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-64 lists specifications of the S6720-32X-SI-32S-AC.

Table 4-64 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 95

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Mean time 46.7 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 425.0 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.73 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 451.3 mm (1.75 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.77 in.)

Weight 8.9 kg (19.62 lb)

(including
package)

Stack ports Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -36 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 104.6 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 96

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Typical power 72.6 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 60.5 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating ● AC power modules configured: 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude ● DC power modules configured: 0-2000 m (0-6562 ft.)

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 97

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Part number 98010695

4.7.3 S6720-32C-SI-AC

Version Mapping
Table 4-65 lists the mapping between the S6720-32C-SI-AC chassis and software
versions.

Table 4-65 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-SI S6720-32C-SI-AC V200R011C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-30 S6720-32C-SI-AC appearance

1 2 34 5 6
HUAWEI 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PWR1 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4
STCK

MODE PNP ETH

S6720-32C-SI 10G/1G

STATUS
ON

STATUS OFF

~100-240V;
CARD FAN PWR2 PWR1
FAN-060B-B ES0W2PSA0150 50/60 Hz;3A

78 9 10 11 12

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 98

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Twenty-four 100M/1000M/ 2 Four 10GE SFP+ ports

2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T ports
(MultiGE port) Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module
● GE-DWDM optical module
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing)
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
(OSXD22N00 not supported)
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
● 10GE-DWDM optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(used for zero-configuration
stacking, supported in
V200R011C10 and later
versions)
NOTE
The four 10GE SFP+ ports on the front
panel cannot be used simultaneously
with ports on the rear card (except the
4-port 10GE rear card).
If a rear card other than a 4-port 10GE
rear card is installed in the switch, only
the ports on the front panel can be
used by default.
● V200R011 version: To use the port
on the rear card, run the set device
port-on-card enable command.
Then the four 10GE SFP+ ports on
the front panel cannot be used.
● V200R012 and later versions: To use
the port on the rear card, run the
undo set device port-config-mode
port-on-board enable command.
Then the four 10GE SFP+ ports on
the front panel cannot be used.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 99

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

3 One PNP button 4 One console port

NOTICE
Applicable in V200R012C00 and later
versions:
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

5 One ETH management port 6 One USB port

7 Ground screw 8 ESN label

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. You can draw it out to view the ESN
and MAC address of the switch.

9 Rear card slot 1 Fan slot

0
NOTE NOTE
Cards supported: Applicable fan module:
● ES5D21Q02Q00 6.4 FAN-060B-B (Fan box (B, FAN
● ES5D21X04S01 panel side exhaust))

1 Power module slot 2 1 Power module slot 1

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable power modules: Applicable power modules:
● 150 W AC power module ● 150 W AC power module
● 150 W DC power module ● 150 W DC power module

Port Description
100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port (MultiGE port)

A 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port (MultiGE port) sends and receives

service data at 100 Mbit/s, 1 Gbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, or 10 Gbit/s, and must use
an Ethernet cable. If the 2.5 Gbit/s or 5 Gbit/s speed is required, the port must
use an Ethernet cable of Cat5e or higher category. If the 10 Gbit/s speed is
required, the port must use an Ethernet cable of Cat6A F/UTP or higher category.
Table 4-66 describes the attributes of a 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T
port.

Table 4-66 Attributes of a 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 100

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Standards IEEE802.3u, IEEE802.3ab, IEEE802.3bz, IEEE802.3an, mgbase-t

compliance

Working Mode 100/1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Table 4-67 lists the maximum transmission distances of different cables on

MultiGE ports.

Table 4-67 Maximum transmission distances of different cables on MultiGE ports

Cable Type (6-a-1 MultiGE Port (Different Rates)
Bundle)
24*100M/ 24x2.5GE 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M

Category 5e 100 m 100 m ● 55 m Not

unshielded twisted ● 100 m supported
pair (Cat5e UTP) (6-a-1
bundle
only for
the first
30 m)
Not
recommend
ed due to
high risk

Category 5e 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

shielded twisted supported
pair (Cat5e STP)

Category 6 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

unshielded twisted Not supported
pair (Cat6 UTP) recommend
ed due to
high risk

Category 6 shielded 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

twisted pair (Cat6 supported
STP)

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

unshielded twisted Not supported
pair (Cat6A U/UTP) recommend
ed due to
high risk

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 101

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cable Type (6-a-1 MultiGE Port (Different Rates)

Bundle)
24*100M/ 24x2.5GE 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M

Category 6A foiled/ 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

unshielded twisted
pair (Cat6A F/UTP)

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

shielded twisted
pair (Cat6A STP)

Category 7 twisted 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

pair (Cat7)

NOTE

6-a-1 stands for the six-around-one cable bundle mode, with one cable in the center and
six cables bundled evenly around it.
Some cables pose high risks and are not recommended for the following reasons:
● 802.3bz requires that the ALSNR value for alien crosstalk between Ethernet cables be
greater than 0, but the standards for Cat5e and Cat6 unshielded twisted pairs do not
specify the required ALSNR value. Therefore, such cables may not meet the crosstalk
requirement in 802.3bz, causing severe problems such as continuous packet loss.
● According the cabling specification TIA TSB-5021, using Cat5e and Cat6 cables for 5G
poses high risks.
● Currently, no clear onsite testing or evaluation method is available for checking
whether ALSNR of cables conforms to 802.3bz.
If Cat5e and Cat6 unshielded twisted pairs do not meet the 5G requirement, you are
advised to replace them with shielded twisted pairs or reduce the rate of ports to 2.5G.

10GE SFP+ port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-68 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-68 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 102

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-69.

Table 4-69 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-70 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-70 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 103

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6720-32C-SI-AC has similar indicators to those of the S6720-32C-PWH-SI-AC,
except that the S6720-32C-SI-AC does not have a PoE indicator. For details, see
Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-32C-SI-AC uses pluggable power modules. It can be configured with a
single power module or double power modules for 1+1 power redundancy.
Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used together in the same switch.
Figure 4-31 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-31 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference ground

Figure 4-32 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 104

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-32 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-32C-SI-AC uses a pluggable fan module for forced air cooling. Air flows
in from the left, right, and front sides, and exhausts from the rear panel.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-71 lists technical specifications of the S6720-32C-SI-AC.

Table 4-71 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 105

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Mean time 27.4 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port Common mode: ±7 kV

surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 425.0 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.73 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 451.3 mm (1.75 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.77 in.)

Weight 8.7 kg (19.18 lb)

(including
package)

Stack ports Any MultiGE, 10GE SFP+, or 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum
of 16 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -36 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 117.62 W (without card)

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 106

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Typical power 93 W (without card)

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 62.3 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating ● AC power modules configured: 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude ● DC power modules configured: 0-2000 m (0-6562 ft.)

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 107

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Part number 98010715

4.7.4 S6720-32C-SI-DC

Version Mapping
Table 4-72 lists the mapping between the S6720-32C-SI-DC and software versions.

Table 4-72 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-SI S6720-32C-SI-DC V200R011C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-33 S6720-32C-SI-DC appearance

1 2 34 5 6
HUAWEI 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PWR1 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4
STCK

MODE PNP ETH

S6720-32C-SI 10G/1G

STATUS

RTN(+)
ON

STATUS OFF NEG(-)

-48 -60V;6A
CARD FAN PWR2 PWR1
FAN-060B-B

78 9 10 11 12

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 108

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Twenty-four 100M/1000M/ 2 Four 10GE SFP+ ports

2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T ports
(MultiGE port) Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module
● GE-DWDM optical module
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing)
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
(OSXD22N00 not supported)
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
● 10GE-DWDM optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(used for zero-configuration
stacking, supported in
V200R011C10 and later
versions)
NOTE
The four 10GE SFP+ ports on the front
panel cannot be used simultaneously
with ports on the rear card (except the
4-port 10GE rear card).
If a rear card other than a 4-port 10GE
rear card is installed in the switch, only
the ports on the front panel can be
used by default.
● V200R011 version: To use the port
on the rear card, run the set device
port-on-card enable command.
Then the four 10GE SFP+ ports on
the front panel cannot be used.
● V200R012 and later versions: To use
the port on the rear card, run the
undo set device port-config-mode
port-on-board enable command.
Then the four 10GE SFP+ ports on
the front panel cannot be used.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 109

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

3 One PNP button 4 One console port

NOTICE
Applicable in V200R012C00 and later
versions:
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

5 One ETH management port 6 One USB port

7 Ground screw 8 ESN label

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. You can draw it out to view the ESN
and MAC address of the switch.

9 Rear card slot 1 Fan slot

0
NOTE NOTE
Cards supported: Applicable fan module:
● ES5D21Q02Q00 6.4 FAN-060B-B (Fan box (B, FAN
● ES5D21X04S01 panel side exhaust))

1 Power module slot 2 1 Power module slot 1

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable power modules: Applicable power modules:
● 150 W AC power module ● 150 W AC power module
● 150 W DC power module ● 150 W DC power module

Port Description
100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port (MultiGE port)

A 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port (MultiGE port) sends and receives

service data at 100 Mbit/s, 1 Gbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, or 10 Gbit/s, and must use
an Ethernet cable. If the 2.5 Gbit/s or 5 Gbit/s speed is required, the port must
use an Ethernet cable of Cat5e or higher category. If the 10 Gbit/s speed is
required, the port must use an Ethernet cable of Cat6A F/UTP or higher category.
Table 4-73 describes the attributes of a 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T
port.

Table 4-73 Attributes of a 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 110

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Standards IEEE802.3u, IEEE802.3ab, IEEE802.3bz, IEEE802.3an, mgbase-t

compliance

Working Mode 100/1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Table 4-74 lists the maximum transmission distances of different cables on

MultiGE ports.

Table 4-74 Maximum transmission distances of different cables on MultiGE ports

Cable Type (6-a-1 MultiGE Port (Different Rates)
Bundle)
24*100M/ 24x2.5GE 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M

Category 5e 100 m 100 m ● 55 m Not

unshielded twisted ● 100 m supported
pair (Cat5e UTP) (6-a-1
bundle
only for
the first
30 m)
Not
recommend
ed due to
high risk

Category 5e 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

shielded twisted supported
pair (Cat5e STP)

Category 6 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

unshielded twisted Not supported
pair (Cat6 UTP) recommend
ed due to
high risk

Category 6 shielded 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

twisted pair (Cat6 supported
STP)

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

unshielded twisted Not supported
pair (Cat6A U/UTP) recommend
ed due to
high risk

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 111

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cable Type (6-a-1 MultiGE Port (Different Rates)

Bundle)
24*100M/ 24x2.5GE 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M

Category 6A foiled/ 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

unshielded twisted
pair (Cat6A F/UTP)

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

shielded twisted
pair (Cat6A STP)

Category 7 twisted 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

pair (Cat7)

NOTE

6-a-1 stands for the six-around-one cable bundle mode, with one cable in the center and
six cables bundled evenly around it.
Some cables pose high risks and are not recommended for the following reasons:
● 802.3bz requires that the ALSNR value for alien crosstalk between Ethernet cables be
greater than 0, but the standards for Cat5e and Cat6 unshielded twisted pairs do not
specify the required ALSNR value. Therefore, such cables may not meet the crosstalk
requirement in 802.3bz, causing severe problems such as continuous packet loss.
● According the cabling specification TIA TSB-5021, using Cat5e and Cat6 cables for 5G
poses high risks.
● Currently, no clear onsite testing or evaluation method is available for checking
whether ALSNR of cables conforms to 802.3bz.
If Cat5e and Cat6 unshielded twisted pairs do not meet the 5G requirement, you are
advised to replace them with shielded twisted pairs or reduce the rate of ports to 2.5G.

10GE SFP+ port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-75 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-75 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 112

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-76.

Table 4-76 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-77 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-77 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 113

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6720-32C-SI-DC has similar indicators to those of the S6720-32C-PWH-SI-
AC, except that the S6720-32C-SI-DC does not have a PoE indicator. For details,
see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-32C-SI-DC uses pluggable power modules. It can be configured with a
single power module or double power modules for 1+1 power redundancy.
Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used together in the same switch.
Figure 4-34 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-34 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference ground

Figure 4-35 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 114

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-35 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-32C-SI-DC uses a pluggable fan module for forced air cooling. Air flows
in from the left, right, and front sides, and exhausts from the rear panel.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-78 lists specifications of the S6720-32C-SI-DC.

Table 4-78 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 115

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Mean time 27.4 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port Common mode: ±7 kV

surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 425.0 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.73 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 451.3 mm (1.75 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.77 in.)

Weight 8.7 kg (19.18 lb)

(including
package)

Stack ports Any MultiGE, 10GE SFP+, or 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum
of 16 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -36 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 117.62 W (without card)

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 116

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Typical power 93 W (without card)

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 62.3 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating ● AC power modules configured: 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude ● DC power modules configured: 0-2000 m (0-6562 ft.)

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 117

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Part number 98010716

4.7.5 S6720-32C-PWH-SI-AC

Version Mapping
Table 4-79 lists the mapping between the S6720-32C-PWH-SI-AC chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-79 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-SI S6720-32C-PWH-SI-AC V200R011C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-36 S6720-32C-PWH-SI-AC appearance

1 2 34 5 6
HUAWEI 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PWR1 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4
STCK
PoE

MODE PNP ETH

S6720-32C-PWH-SI 10G/1G

STATUS INPUT

OUTPUT

100-240Vac 5060Hz 9-4.5A

CARD FAN PWR2 PWR1
FAN-060B-B

78 9 10 11 12

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 118

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Twenty-four PoE++ 100M/1000M/ 2 Four 10GE SFP+ ports

2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T ports
(MultiGE port) Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module
● GE-DWDM optical module
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing)
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
(OSXD22N00 not supported)
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
● 10GE-DWDM optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(used for zero-configuration
stacking, supported in
V200R011C10 and later
versions)
NOTE
The four 10GE SFP+ ports on the front
panel cannot be used simultaneously
with ports on the rear card (except the
4-port 10GE rear card).
If a rear card other than a 4-port 10GE
rear card is installed in the switch, only
the ports on the front panel can be
used by default.
● V200R011 version: To use the port
on the rear card, run the set device
port-on-card enable command.
Then the four 10GE SFP+ ports on
the front panel cannot be used.
● V200R012 and later versions: To use
the port on the rear card, run the
undo set device port-config-mode
port-on-board enable command.
Then the four 10GE SFP+ ports on
the front panel cannot be used.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 119

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

3 One PNP button 4 One console port

NOTICE
Applicable in V200R012C00 and later
versions:
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

5 One ETH management port 6 One USB port

7 Ground screw 8 ESN label

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. You can draw it out to view the ESN
and MAC address of the switch.

9 Rear card slot 1 Fan slot

0
NOTE NOTE
Cards supported: Applicable fan module:
● ES5D21Q02Q00 6.4 FAN-060B-B (Fan box (B, FAN
● ES5D21X04S01 panel side exhaust))

1 Power module slot 2 1 Power module slot 1

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable power modules: Applicable power modules:
● 580 W AC PoE power module ● 580 W AC PoE power module
● 650 W DC PoE power module ● 650 W DC PoE power module
● 1000 W AC PoE power module ● 1000 W AC PoE power module
(applicable in V200R013C00 and (applicable in V200R013C00 and
later versions) later versions)

Port Description
100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port (MultiGE port)
A 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port (MultiGE port) sends and receives
service data at 100 Mbit/s, 1 Gbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, or 10 Gbit/s, and must use
an Ethernet cable. If the 2.5 Gbit/s or 5 Gbit/s speed is required, the port must
use an Ethernet cable of Cat5e or higher category. If the 10 Gbit/s speed is
required, the port must use an Ethernet cable of Cat6A F/UTP or higher category.
Table 4-80 describes the attributes of a 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T
port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 120

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-80 Attributes of a 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3u, IEEE802.3ab, IEEE802.3bz, IEEE802.3an, mgbase-t

compliance

Working Mode 100/1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Table 4-81 lists the maximum transmission distances of different cables on

MultiGE ports.

Table 4-81 Maximum transmission distances of different cables on MultiGE ports

Cable Type (6- MultiGE Port (Different Rates)
a-1 Bundle)
24*100M/ Left Right 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M 16x2.5GE 8x2.5GE

Category 5e 100 m 100 m 100 m ● 55 m Not

unshielded ● 100 m supported
twisted pair (6-a-1
(Cat5e UTP) bundle
only
for the
first 30
m)
Not
recomme
nded due
to high
risk

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 121

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cable Type (6- MultiGE Port (Different Rates)

a-1 Bundle)
24*100M/ Left Right 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M 16x2.5GE 8x2.5GE

Category 5e 100 m 100 m 200 m 100 m Not

shielded twisted Only the supported
pair (Cat5e STP) APs listed
below are
supported
if the
transmissi
on
distance is
longer
than 100
m:
● AP7052
DN/
AP7152
DN
● AP6052
DN
● AP8082
DN/
AP8182
DN
● AP7052
DE
● AP7060
DN

Category 6 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

unshielded Not supported
twisted pair recomme
(Cat6 UTP) nded due
to high
risk

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 122

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cable Type (6- MultiGE Port (Different Rates)

a-1 Bundle)
24*100M/ Left Right 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M 16x2.5GE 8x2.5GE

Category 6 100 m 100 m 200 m 100 m Not

shielded twisted Only the supported
pair (Cat6 STP) APs listed
below are
supported
if the
transmissi
on
distance is
longer
than 100
m:
● AP7052
DN/
AP7152
DN
● AP6052
DN
● AP8082
DN/
AP8182
DN
● AP7052
DE
● AP7060
DN

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

unshielded Not supported
twisted pair recomme
(Cat6A U/UTP) nded due
to high
risk

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 123

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cable Type (6- MultiGE Port (Different Rates)

a-1 Bundle)
24*100M/ Left Right 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M 16x2.5GE 8x2.5GE

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 200 m 100 m 100 m

foiled/ Only the
unshielded APs listed
twisted pair below are
(Cat6A F/UTP) supported
if the
transmissi
on
distance is
longer
than 100
m:
● AP7052
DN/
AP7152
DN
● AP6052
DN
● AP8082
DN/
AP8182
DN
● AP7052
DE
● AP7060
DN

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 124

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cable Type (6- MultiGE Port (Different Rates)

a-1 Bundle)
24*100M/ Left Right 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M 16x2.5GE 8x2.5GE

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 200 m 100 m 100 m

shielded twisted Only the
pair (Cat6A STP) APs listed
below are
supported
if the
transmissi
on
distance is
longer
than 100
m:
● AP7052
DN/
AP7152
DN
● AP6052
DN
● AP8082
DN/
AP8182
DN
● AP7052
DE
● AP7060
DN

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 125

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cable Type (6- MultiGE Port (Different Rates)

a-1 Bundle)
24*100M/ Left Right 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M 16x2.5GE 8x2.5GE

Category 7 100 m 100 m 200 m 100 m 100 m

twisted pair Only the
(Cat7) APs listed
below are
supported
if the
transmissi
on
distance is
longer
than 100
m:
● AP7052
DN/
AP7152
DN
● AP6052
DN
● AP8082
DN/
AP8182
DN
● AP7052
DE
● AP7060
DN

NOTE

6-a-1 stands for the six-around-one cable bundle mode, with one cable in the center and
six cables bundled evenly around it.
Some cables pose high risks and are not recommended for the following reasons:
● 802.3bz requires that the ALSNR value for alien crosstalk between Ethernet cables be
greater than 0, but the standards for Cat5e and Cat6 unshielded twisted pairs do not
specify the required ALSNR value. Therefore, such cables may not meet the crosstalk
requirement in 802.3bz, causing severe problems such as continuous packet loss.
● According the cabling specification TIA TSB-5021, using Cat5e and Cat6 cables for 5G
poses high risks.
● Currently, no clear onsite testing or evaluation method is available for checking
whether ALSNR of cables conforms to 802.3bz.
If Cat5e and Cat6 unshielded twisted pairs do not meet the 5G requirement, you are
advised to replace them with shielded twisted pairs or reduce the rate of ports to 2.5G.

10GE SFP+ port

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 126

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-82 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-82 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-83.

Table 4-83 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-84 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 127

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-84 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
NOTE

Hold down the mode switch button for 6s and release it to start the web initial login mode.
Either of the following situations will occur:
● If the switch has no configuration file, the system attempts to enter the web initial
login mode. In this mode, the status of mode indicators is as follows:
● If the system enters the web initial login mode successfully, all mode indicators
turn green and stay on for a maximum of 10 minutes.
● If the system fails to enter the initial login mode, all mode indicators fast blink
for 10 seconds and then restore the default status.
● If the switch has a configuration file, the system cannot enter the web initial login
mode. In this case, all mode indicators fast blink for 10s, and then return to the
default states.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 128

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-37 Indicators on the S6720-32C-PWH-SI-AC

9 10 11
3 21 9
HUAWEI 1 2 3 4 5 6
PWR1 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED 3 4
STCK
PoE

4 56 MODE
S6720-32C-PWH-SI /1G
PNP ETH

7 8
3 21 9 9 10 11
HUAWEI 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PWR1 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4
STCK
PoE

4 56
MODE PNP ETH
S6720-32C-PWH-SI 10G/1G

78

NOTE

The S6720-SI series switches provide a command for setting fault indicators, which help
field maintenance personnel find a faulty switch quickly.
The SYS indicator and mode indicators (STAT, SPED, and STCK) are used as fault indicators
of a switch. If the switch fails, its SYS indicator and mode indicators can be configured to
blink red fast so that field maintenance personnel can find this faulty switch.

Table 4-85 Description of indicators on the switch

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

1 PWR Power - Off No power module is available in power

1 module module slot 1, or the switch has only one
indicato power module but the power module
r does not work normally.

Gre Stead A power module is installed in power

en y on module slot 1 and is working normally.

Yell Stead The switch has two power modules

ow y on installed. Any of the following situations
occurs in power module slot 1:
● A power module is available in this
slot but its power switch is in the OFF
position.
● A power module is available in this
slot but it is not connected to a power
source.
● The power module in this slot has
failed.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 129

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

2 PWR Power - Off No power module is available in power

2 module module slot 2, or the switch has only one
indicato power module but the power module
r does not work normally.

Gre Stead A power module is installed in power

en y on module slot 2 and is working normally.

Yell Stead The switch has two power modules

ow y on installed. Any of the following situations
occurs in power module slot 2:
● A power module is available in this
slot but its power switch is in the OFF
position.
● A power module is available in this
slot but it is not connected to a power
source.
● The power module in this slot has
failed.

3 SYS System - Off The system is not running.

status
indicato Gre Fast The system is starting.
r en blinki
ng

Gre Slow The system is running normally.

en blinki
ng

Red Stead The system does not work normally after

y on registration, or a fan alarm or
temperature alarm has been generated.

4 STAT Status - Off The status mode is not selected.

indicato
r Gre Stead The status mode (default mode) is
en y on selected. If the status mode is selected,
the service port indicator shows the port
link or activity state.

5 SPE Speed - Off The speed mode is not selected.

D indicato
r Gre Stead The service port indicators show the port
en y on speeds. After 45 seconds, the service port
indicators automatically restore to the
status mode.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 130

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

6 STCK Stack - Off ● If you are not changing the indicator

indicato mode (default): The switch is in stack
r standby or slave state or the stacking
function is not enabled on the switch.
● If you are changing the indicator
mode: The stack mode is not selected.

Gre Stead The switch is a standby or slave switch in

en y on a stack, and the service port indicators
show the stack ID of the switch.

Gre Blinki ● If you are not changing the indicator

en ng mode (default): The switch is a stack
master switch or a standalone switch
with the stacking function enabled.
● If you are changing the indicator
mode: The switch is the master switch
in a stack or a standalone switch, and
the service port indicators show the
stack ID of the master switch.
After 45 seconds, the service port
indicators automatically restore to the
status mode.

7 PoE PoE - Off The PoE mode is not selected.

indicato
r Gre Stead The service port indicators show the PoE
en y on status. After 45 seconds, the service port
indicators automatically restore to the
status mode.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 131

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

8 MO Mode - - ● When you press this button once, the

DE switch service port indicators change to the
button speed mode and show the speed of
each service port.
● When you press this button a second
time, the service port indicators
change to the stack mode and show
the stack ID of the local switch.
● When you press this button a third
time, the service port indicators
change to the PoE mode and show the
PoE status of each service port.
● When you press this button a fourth
time, the service port indicators
restore to the default mode, and the
STAT indicator turns green.
If you do not press the MODE button
within 45 seconds, the service port
indicators restore to the default mode. In
this case, the STAT indicator is steady
green, the SPED and PoE indicators are
off, and the STCK indicator is off or
blinking green.

9 - Service Meanings of service port indicators vary in different

port modes. For details, see Table 4-86 and Table 4-87.
indicato
r

10 - ETH - Off The ETH port is not connected.

port
indicato Gre Stead The ETH port is connected.
r en y on

Gre Blinki The ETH port is sending or receiving data.

en ng

11 - USB- - Off ● No USB flash drive is connected to the

based switch.
deploy ● The USB port is damaged.
ment
indicato ● The indicator is damaged.
r ● The USB flash drive does not have any
configuration file and cannot be used
for deployment.
● The switch has been upgraded using
the USB flash drive and is restarting.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 132

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

Gre Stead A USB-based deployment has been

en y on completed.

Gre Blinki The system is reading data from the USB

en ng flash drive.

Yell Stead The switch has copied all the required

ow y on files and completed the file check. The
USB flash drive can be removed from the
switch.

Red Blinki An error has occurred when the system is

ng executing the configuration file or
reading data from the USB flash drive.

Table 4-86 Description of service port indicators in different modes (one indicator
for each port)
Display Color Status Description
Mode

Status - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady A link has been established on the port.

on

Green Blinking The port is sending or receiving data.

Speed - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady The port is working at 100/1000 Mbit/s.

on

Green Blinking The port is working at 2.5/5/10 Gbit/s.

PoE - Off The port is not providing power to a

powered device (PD).

Green Steady The port is providing power to a PD.

on

Yellow Steady The PoE function is disabled on the port.

on

Yellow Blinking The port stops providing PoE power because

of an exception (for example, an
incompatible PD is connected to the port).

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 133

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Display Color Status Description

Mode

Green Blinking The port fails to supply power to a PD due

and green to one of the following reasons:
yellow and ● The power required by the connected PD
yellow exceeds the maximum power or the
alternate configured power threshold of the port.
ly
● The total power consumption of PDs has
reached the maximum power of the
switch.
● The manual power management mode is
used and the port is not enabled to
provide power to the PD.

Stack - Off Port indicators do not show the stack ID of

the switch.

Green Steady The switch is not the master switch in a

on stack.
● If the indicator of a port is steady on, the
number of this port is the stack ID of the
switch.
● If the indicators of ports 1 to 9 are steady
on, the stack ID of the switch is 0.

Green Blinking The switch is the master switch in a stack.

● If the indicator of a port is blinking, the
number of this port is the stack ID of the
switch.
● If the indicators of ports 1 to 9 are
blinking, the stack ID of the switch is 0.

Table 4-87 Description of service port indicators in different modes (two

indicators for each port)
Display Color Status Description
Mode

Status - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady A link has been established on the port.

on

Yellow Blinking The port is sending or receiving data.

Speed - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 134

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Display Color Status Description

Mode

Green Steady The port is working at 100/1000 Mbit/s.

and on
yellow

Green Blinking The port is working at 2.5/5/10 Gbit/s.

and
yellow

PoE - Off The port is not providing power to a

powered device (PD).

Green Steady The port is providing power to a PD.

on

Yellow Steady The PoE function is disabled on the port.

on

Yellow Blinking The port stops providing PoE power because

of an exception (for example, an
incompatible PD is connected to the port).

Green Blinking The port fails to supply power to a PD due

and green to one of the following reasons:
yellow and ● The power required by the connected PD
yellow exceeds the maximum power or the
alternate configured power threshold of the port.
ly
● The total power consumption of PDs has
reached the maximum power of the
switch.
● The manual power management mode is
used and the port is not enabled to
provide power to the PD.

Stack - Off Port indicators do not show the stack ID of

the switch.

Green Steady The switch is not the master switch in a

and on stack.
yellow ● If the indicator of a port is steady on, the
number of this port is the stack ID of the
switch.
● If the indicators of ports 1 to 9 are steady
on, the stack ID of the switch is 0.

Green Blinking The switch is the master switch in a stack.

and ● If the indicator of a port is blinking, the
yellow number of this port is the stack ID of the
switch.
● If the indicators of ports 1 to 9 are
blinking, the stack ID of the switch is 0.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 135

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-32C-PWH-SI-AC is a PoE switch. It provides two power module slots,
each supporting a 580 W, 650 W, or 1000 W (applicable in V200R013C00 and later
versions) power module. A 580 W AC power module and a 650 W DC power
module can be used together. A 580 W AC power module and a 1000 W AC power
module can be used together. Table 4-88 lists its power supply configurations.

Table 4-88 Power supply configurations

Power Power Available PoE Maximum Number of
Module 1 Module 2 Power Ports (Fully Loaded)

580 W or 650 – 369.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

W port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 12
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 6

580 W or 650 580 W or 739.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

W 650 W port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

1000 W (220 - 754.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

1000 W (220 1000 W (220 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1000 W (110 - 754.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 136

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Power Power Available PoE Maximum Number of

Module 1 Module 2 Power Ports (Fully Loaded)

1000 W (110 1000 W (110 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1000 W 580 W 739.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

580 W 1000 W 739.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

NOTE

When a switch has two power modules installed, the two power modules work in
redundancy mode to provide power for the chassis and in load balancing mode to provide
power for PDs.

Figure 4-38 shows the power supply mode of dual AC PoE power modules (PWR1
and PWR2). After AC power is transmitted to the PWR modules, the PWR modules
provide 12 V and -53 V outputs. The outputs are combined on the motherboard,
which then provides 12 V voltage for the switch and -53 V voltage for the PDs.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 137

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-38 Power supply by dual AC PoE power modules

-53V RTN

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: live wire N: neutral wire PGND: protection GND: 12 V RTN: -53 V

ground wire reference ground reference ground

Figure 4-39 shows the power supply connections of dual DC PoE power modules.
After DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
and -53 V output voltages, and the motherboard provides 12 V voltage for the
entire device and -53 V voltage for the PDs.

Figure 4-39 Power supply connections of dual DC PoE power modules

-53V RTN

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference RTN: -53 V reference
ground ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-32C-PWH-SI-AC uses a pluggable fan module for forced air cooling. Air
flows in from the left, right, and front sides, and exhausts from the rear panel.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 138

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-89 lists technical specifications of the S6720-32C-PWH-SI-AC.

Table 4-89 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 22.7 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port Common mode: ±7 kV

surge protection

Power supply ● Using 580 W AC or 1000 W AC power modules: ±6 kV in

surge protection differential mode, ±6 kV in common mode
● Using 650 W DC power modules: ±2 kV in differential
mode, ±4 kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 425.0 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.73 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 451.3 mm (1.75 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.77 in.)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 139

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Weight 9.1 kg (20.06 lb)

(including
package)

Stack ports Any MultiGE, 10GE SFP+, or 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum
of 16 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power ● Using 650 W DC or 580 W AC power modules:

consumption – Not providing the PoE function: 125.6 W (without
(100% card)
throughput, full
speed of fans) – 100% PoE loads: 1017.2 W (system power
consumption: 278 W, PoE: 739.2 W, without card)
● Using 1000 W AC power modules:
– Not providing the PoE function: 125.6 W (without
card)
– 100% PoE loads: 1735 W (system power consumption:
295 W, PoE: 1440 W)

Typical power ● Using 650 W DC or 580 W AC power modules: 106.9 W

consumption (without card and PoE)
(30% of traffic ● Using 1000 W AC power modules: 121.6 W (without card
load, tested and PoE)
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 140

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 62.3 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 98010719

4.7.6 S6720-32C-PWH-SI

Version Mapping
Table 4-90 lists the mapping between the S6720-32C-PWH-SI chassis and
software versions.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 141

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-90 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-SI S6720-32C-PWH-SI V200R011C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-40 S6720-32C-PWH-SI appearance

1 2 34 5 6
HUAWEI 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
PWR1 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4
STCK
PoE

MODE PNP ETH

S6720-32C-PWH-SI 10G/1G

STATUS

CARD FAN PWR2 PWR1

FAN-060B-B

78 9 10 11 12

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 142

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Twenty-four PoE++ 100M/1000M/ 2 Four 10GE SFP+ ports

2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T ports
(MultiGE port) Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module
● GE-DWDM optical module
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing)
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
(OSXD22N00 not supported)
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
● 10GE-DWDM optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(used for zero-configuration
stacking, supported in
V200R011C10 and later
versions)
NOTE
The four 10GE SFP+ ports on the front
panel cannot be used simultaneously
with ports on the rear card (except the
4-port 10GE rear card).
If a rear card other than a 4-port 10GE
rear card is installed in the switch, only
the ports on the front panel can be
used by default.
● V200R011 version: To use the port
on the rear card, run the set device
port-on-card enable command.
Then the four 10GE SFP+ ports on
the front panel cannot be used.
● V200R012 and later versions: To use
the port on the rear card, run the
undo set device port-config-mode
port-on-board enable command.
Then the four 10GE SFP+ ports on
the front panel cannot be used.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 143

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

3 One PNP button 4 One console port

NOTICE
Applicable in V200R012C00 and later
versions:
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

5 One ETH management port 6 One USB port

7 Ground screw 8 ESN label

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. You can draw it out to view the ESN
and MAC address of the switch.

9 Rear card slot 1 Fan slot

0
NOTE NOTE
Cards supported: Applicable fan module:
● ES5D21Q02Q00 6.4 FAN-060B-B (Fan box (B, FAN
● ES5D21X04S01 panel side exhaust))

1 Power module slot 2 1 Power module slot 1

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable power modules: Applicable power modules:
● 580 W AC PoE power module ● 580 W AC PoE power module
● 650 W DC PoE power module ● 650 W DC PoE power module
● 1150 W AC PoE power module ● 1150 W AC PoE power module
● 1000 W AC PoE power module ● 1000 W AC PoE power module
(applicable in V200R013C00 and (applicable in V200R013C00 and
later versions) later versions)

Port Description
100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port (MultiGE port)
A 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port (MultiGE port) sends and receives
service data at 100 Mbit/s, 1 Gbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, or 10 Gbit/s, and must use
an Ethernet cable. If the 2.5 Gbit/s or 5 Gbit/s speed is required, the port must
use an Ethernet cable of Cat5e or higher category. If the 10 Gbit/s speed is
required, the port must use an Ethernet cable of Cat6A F/UTP or higher category.
Table 4-91 describes the attributes of a 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T
port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 144

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-91 Attributes of a 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3u, IEEE802.3ab, IEEE802.3bz, IEEE802.3an, mgbase-t

compliance

Working Mode 100/1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Table 4-92 lists the maximum transmission distances of different cables on

MultiGE ports.

Table 4-92 Maximum transmission distances of different cables on MultiGE ports

Cable Type (6- MultiGE Port (Different Rates)
a-1 Bundle)
24*100M/ Left Right 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M 16x2.5GE 8x2.5GE

Category 5e 100 m 100 m 100 m ● 55 m Not

unshielded ● 100 m supported
twisted pair (6-a-1
(Cat5e UTP) bundle
only
for the
first 30
m)
Not
recomme
nded due
to high
risk

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 145

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cable Type (6- MultiGE Port (Different Rates)

a-1 Bundle)
24*100M/ Left Right 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M 16x2.5GE 8x2.5GE

Category 5e 100 m 100 m 200 m 100 m Not

shielded twisted Only the supported
pair (Cat5e STP) APs listed
below are
supported
if the
transmissi
on
distance is
longer
than 100
m:
● AP7052
DN/
AP7152
DN
● AP6052
DN
● AP8082
DN/
AP8182
DN
● AP7052
DE
● AP7060
DN

Category 6 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

unshielded Not supported
twisted pair recomme
(Cat6 UTP) nded due
to high
risk

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 146

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cable Type (6- MultiGE Port (Different Rates)

a-1 Bundle)
24*100M/ Left Right 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M 16x2.5GE 8x2.5GE

Category 6 100 m 100 m 200 m 100 m Not

shielded twisted Only the supported
pair (Cat6 STP) APs listed
below are
supported
if the
transmissi
on
distance is
longer
than 100
m:
● AP7052
DN/
AP7152
DN
● AP6052
DN
● AP8082
DN/
AP8182
DN
● AP7052
DE
● AP7060
DN

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

unshielded Not supported
twisted pair recomme
(Cat6A U/UTP) nded due
to high
risk

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 147

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cable Type (6- MultiGE Port (Different Rates)

a-1 Bundle)
24*100M/ Left Right 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M 16x2.5GE 8x2.5GE

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 200 m 100 m 100 m

foiled/ Only the
unshielded APs listed
twisted pair below are
(Cat6A F/UTP) supported
if the
transmissi
on
distance is
longer
than 100
m:
● AP7052
DN/
AP7152
DN
● AP6052
DN
● AP8082
DN/
AP8182
DN
● AP7052
DE
● AP7060
DN

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 148

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cable Type (6- MultiGE Port (Different Rates)

a-1 Bundle)
24*100M/ Left Right 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M 16x2.5GE 8x2.5GE

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 200 m 100 m 100 m

shielded twisted Only the
pair (Cat6A STP) APs listed
below are
supported
if the
transmissi
on
distance is
longer
than 100
m:
● AP7052
DN/
AP7152
DN
● AP6052
DN
● AP8082
DN/
AP8182
DN
● AP7052
DE
● AP7060
DN

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 149

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cable Type (6- MultiGE Port (Different Rates)

a-1 Bundle)
24*100M/ Left Right 24x5GE 24x10GE
1000M 16x2.5GE 8x2.5GE

Category 7 100 m 100 m 200 m 100 m 100 m

twisted pair Only the
(Cat7) APs listed
below are
supported
if the
transmissi
on
distance is
longer
than 100
m:
● AP7052
DN/
AP7152
DN
● AP6052
DN
● AP8082
DN/
AP8182
DN
● AP7052
DE
● AP7060
DN

NOTE

6-a-1 stands for the six-around-one cable bundle mode, with one cable in the center and
six cables bundled evenly around it.
Some cables pose high risks and are not recommended for the following reasons:
● 802.3bz requires that the ALSNR value for alien crosstalk between Ethernet cables be
greater than 0, but the standards for Cat5e and Cat6 unshielded twisted pairs do not
specify the required ALSNR value. Therefore, such cables may not meet the crosstalk
requirement in 802.3bz, causing severe problems such as continuous packet loss.
● According the cabling specification TIA TSB-5021, using Cat5e and Cat6 cables for 5G
poses high risks.
● Currently, no clear onsite testing or evaluation method is available for checking
whether ALSNR of cables conforms to 802.3bz.
If Cat5e and Cat6 unshielded twisted pairs do not meet the 5G requirement, you are
advised to replace them with shielded twisted pairs or reduce the rate of ports to 2.5G.

10GE SFP+ port

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 150

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-93 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-93 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-94.

Table 4-94 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-95 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 151

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-95 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6720-32C-PWH-SI has the same types of indicators as the S6720-32C-PWH-
SI-AC. For details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-32C-PWH-SI is a PoE switch. It provides two power module slots, each
supporting a 580 W, 650 W, 1150 W, or 1000 W (applicable in V200R013C00 and
later versions) power module.
● A 580 W AC power module and a 650 W DC power module can be used
together.
● A 1000 W AC power module and a 580 W AC power module can be used
together.
● A 1000 W AC power module and a 1150 W AC power module can be used
together.
Table 4-96 lists its power supply configurations.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 152

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-96 Power supply configurations

Power Power Available PoE Maximum Number of
Module 1 Module 2 Power Ports (Fully Loaded)

580 W or 650 – 369.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

W port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 12
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 6

580 W or 650 580 W or 739.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

W 650 W port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

1150 W (220 – 785.4 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 13

1150 W (220 1150 W (220 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1150 W (110 – 446.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 14
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 7

1150 W (110 1150 W (110 893.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 14

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 153

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Power Power Available PoE Maximum Number of

Module 1 Module 2 Power Ports (Fully Loaded)

1000 W (220 - 754.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

1000 W (220 1000 W (220 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1000 W (110 - 754.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

1000 W (110 1000 W (110 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1000 W 580 W 739.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

580 W 1000 W 739.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 154

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Power Power Available PoE Maximum Number of

Module 1 Module 2 Power Ports (Fully Loaded)

1000 W (220 1150 W (220 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1150 W (220 1000 W (220 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1000 W (110 1150 W (110 893.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 14

1150 W (110 1000 W (110 893.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 14

NOTE

When a switch has two power modules installed, the two power modules work in
redundancy mode to provide power for the chassis and in load balancing mode to provide
power for PDs.

Figure 4-41 shows the power supply mode of dual AC PoE power modules (PWR1
and PWR2). After AC power is transmitted to the PWR modules, the PWR modules
provide 12 V and -53 V outputs. The outputs are combined on the motherboard,
which then provides 12 V voltage for the switch and -53 V voltage for the PDs.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 155

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-41 Power supply by dual AC PoE power modules

-53V RTN

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: live wire N: neutral wire PGND: protection GND: 12 V RTN: -53 V

ground wire reference ground reference ground

Figure 4-42 shows the power supply connections of dual DC PoE power modules.
After DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
and -53 V output voltages, and the motherboard provides 12 V voltage for the
entire device and -53 V voltage for the PDs.

Figure 4-42 Power supply connections of dual DC PoE power modules

-53V RTN

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference RTN: -53 V reference
ground ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-32C-PWH-SI uses a pluggable fan module for forced air cooling. Air
flows in from the left, right, and front sides, and exhausts from the rear panel.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 156

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-97 lists technical specifications of the S6720-32C-PWH-SI.

Table 4-97 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 22.7 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port Common mode: ±7 kV

surge protection

Power supply ● Using 580 W AC or 1000 W AC power modules: ±6 kV in

surge protection differential mode, ±6 kV in common mode
● Using 650 W DC or 1150 W AC power modules: ±2 kV in
differential mode, ±4 kV in common mode

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 157

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 425.0 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.73 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 451.3 mm (1.75 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.77 in.)
When 1150 W power modules are installed, they stretch out
from the chassis. Therefore, the total depth of the switch
changes to 541.1 mm (21.3 in.).

Weight 8.1 kg (17.86 lb)

(including
package)

Stack ports Any MultiGE, 10GE SFP+, or 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum
of 16 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power ● Using 650 W DC or 580 W AC power modules:

consumption – Not providing the PoE function: 125.6 W (without
(100% card)
throughput, full
speed of fans) – 100% PoE loads: 1017.2 W (system power
consumption: 278 W, PoE: 739.2 W, without card)
● Using 1150 W AC or 1000 W AC power modules:
– Not providing the PoE function: 125.6 W (without
card)
– 100% PoE loads: 1735 W (system power consumption:
295 W, PoE: 1440 W)

Typical power ● Using 650 W DC or 580 W AC power modules: 106.9 W

consumption (without card and PoE)
(30% of traffic ● Using 1150 W AC or 1000 W AC power modules: 121.6 W
load, tested (without card and PoE)
according to ATIS
standard)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 158

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 62.3 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 98010720

4.7.7 S6720-52X-PWH-SI

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 159

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Version Mapping
Table 4-98 lists the mapping between the S6720-52X-PWH-SI chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-98 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-SI S6720-52X-PWH-SI V200R011C10 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-43 S6720-52X-PWH-SI appearance

1 234 5 6
HUAWEI ETH CONSOLE
PWR1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
PWR2
SYS
STAT PNP
SPED
STCK
PoE

MODE
S6720-52X-PWH-SI 1 2 10G/1G 3 4

STATUS

FAN PWR2 PWR1

FAN-060B-B

78 9 10 11

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 160

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Forty-eight PoE++ 100M/1000M/ 2 Four 10GE SFP+ ports

2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T ports
(MultiGE port) Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module
● GE-DWDM optical module
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing)
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
(OSXD22N00 not supported)
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
● 10GE-DWDM optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(used for zero-configuration
stacking, supported in
V200R011C10 and later
versions)

3 One ETH management port 4 One PNP button

NOTICE
Applicable in V200R012C00 and later
versions:
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

5 One console port 6 One USB port

7 Ground screw 8 ESN label

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. You can draw it out to view the ESN
and MAC address of the switch.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 161

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

9 Fan slot 1 Power module slot 2

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: Applicable power modules:
6.4 FAN-060B-B (Fan box (B, FAN ● 650 W DC PoE power module
panel side exhaust)) ● 1150 W AC PoE power module
● 1000 W AC PoE power module
(applicable in V200R013C00 and
later versions)

1 Power module slot 1 - -

1
NOTE
Applicable power modules:
● 650 W DC PoE power module
● 1150 W AC PoE power module
● 1000 W AC PoE power module
(applicable in V200R013C00 and
later versions)

Interface Description
100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port (MultiGE port)
A 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port (MultiGE port) sends and receives
service data at 100 Mbit/s, 1 Gbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, or 10 Gbit/s, and must use
an Ethernet cable. If the 2.5 Gbit/s or 5 Gbit/s speed is required, the port must
use an Ethernet cable of Cat5e or higher category. If the 10 Gbit/s speed is
required, the port must use an Ethernet cable of Cat6A F/UTP or higher category.
Table 4-99 describes the attributes of a 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T
port.

Table 4-99 Attributes of a 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3u, IEEE802.3ab, IEEE802.3bz, IEEE802.3an, mgbase-t

compliance

Working Mode 100/1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Table 4-100 lists the maximum transmission distances of different cables on

MultiGE ports.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 162

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-100 Maximum transmission distances of different cables on MultiGE ports

Cable Type (6-a-1 MultiGE Port (Different Rates)
Bundle)
48 x 100M/ 48 x 2.5GE 48 x 5GE 48 x 10GE
1000M

Category 5e 100 m 100 m ● 55 m Not

unshielded twisted ● 100 m supported
pair (Cat5e UTP) (6-a-1
bundle
only for
the first
30 m)
Not
recommend
ed due to
high risk

Category 5e 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

shielded twisted supported
pair (Cat5e STP)

Category 6 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

unshielded twisted Not supported
pair (Cat6 UTP) recommend
ed due to
high risk

Category 6 shielded 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

twisted pair (Cat6 supported
STP)

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

unshielded twisted Not supported
pair (Cat6A U/UTP) recommend
ed due to
high risk

Category 6A foiled/ 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

unshielded twisted
pair (Cat6A F/UTP)

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

shielded twisted
pair (Cat6A STP)

Category 7 twisted 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

pair (Cat7)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 163

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

6-a-1 stands for the six-around-one cable bundle mode, with one cable in the center and
six cables bundled evenly around it.
Some cables pose high risks and are not recommended for the following reasons:
● 802.3bz requires that the ALSNR value for alien crosstalk between Ethernet cables be
greater than 0, but the standards for Cat5e and Cat6 unshielded twisted pairs do not
specify the required ALSNR value. Therefore, such cables may not meet the crosstalk
requirement in 802.3bz, causing severe problems such as continuous packet loss.
● According the cabling specification TIA TSB-5021, using Cat5e and Cat6 cables for 5G
poses high risks.
● Currently, no clear onsite testing or evaluation method is available for checking
whether ALSNR of cables conforms to 802.3bz.
If Cat5e and Cat6 unshielded twisted pairs do not meet the 5G requirement, you are
advised to replace them with shielded twisted pairs or reduce the rate of ports to 2.5G.

10GE SFP+ port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-101 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-101 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

Console port

The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-102.

Table 4-102 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 164

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management

workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-103 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-103 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.

USB port

The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 165

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Indicator Description
The S6720-52X-PWH-SI has the same types of indicators as the S6720-32C-PWH-
SI-AC. For details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-52X-PWH-SI is a PoE switch. It has two power module slots, each of
which can have a 650 W, 1150 W, or 1000 W (applicable in V200R013C00 and
later versions) power module installed. A 650 W DC power module and a 1150 W
AC power module can be used together in the switch. A 1150 W AC power module
and a 1000 W AC power module can be used together in the switch. Table 4-104
lists its power supply configurations.

Table 4-104 Power supply configurations

Power Power Available PoE Maximum Number of
Module 1 Module 2 Power Ports (Fully Loaded)

650 W – 369.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 12
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 6

650 W 650 W 739.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

1150 W (220 – 785.4 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 26
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 13

1150 W (220 1150 W (220 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 48
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 166

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Power Power Available PoE Maximum Number of

Module 1 Module 2 Power Ports (Fully Loaded)

1150 W (110 – 446.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 29
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 14
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 7

1150 W (110 1150 W (110 893.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 29
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 14

1000 W (220 - 754.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 25
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

1000 W (220 1000 W (220 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 48
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1000 W (110 - 646.8 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 42
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 21
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 10

1000 W (110 1000 W (110 1293.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 43
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 21

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 167

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Power Power Available PoE Maximum Number of

Module 1 Module 2 Power Ports (Fully Loaded)

1000 W (220 1150 W (220 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 48
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1150 W (220 1000 W (220 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 48
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1000 W (110 1150 W (110 893.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 29
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 14

1150 W (110 1000 W (110 893.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 29
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 14

NOTE

When a switch has two power modules installed, the two power modules work in
redundancy mode to provide power for the chassis and in load balancing mode to provide
power for PDs.

Figure 4-44 shows the power supply mode of dual AC PoE power modules (PWR1
and PWR2). After AC power is transmitted to the PWR modules, the PWR modules
provide 12 V and -53 V outputs. The outputs are combined on the motherboard,
which then provides 12 V voltage for the switch and -53 V voltage for the PDs.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 168

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-44 Power supply by dual AC PoE power modules

-53V RTN

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: live wire N: neutral wire PGND: protection GND: 12 V RTN: -53 V

ground wire reference ground reference ground

Figure 4-45 shows the power supply connections of dual DC PoE power modules.
After DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
and -53 V output voltages, and the motherboard provides 12 V voltage for the
entire device and -53 V voltage for the PDs.

Figure 4-45 Power supply connections of dual DC PoE power modules

-53V RTN

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference RTN: -53 V reference
ground ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-52X-PWH-SI uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air
flows in from the left, right, and front sides, and exhausts from the rear panel.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 169

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-105 lists technical specifications of the S6720-52X-PWH-SI.

Table 4-105 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 35.1 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port Common mode: ±7 kV

surge protection

Power supply ● Using 1000 W AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential

surge protection mode, ±6 kV in common mode
● Using 1150 W AC power modules: ±2 kV in differential
mode, ±4 kV in common mode

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 170

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 425.0 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.73 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 451.3 mm (1.75 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.77 in.)
When 1150 W power modules are installed, they stretch out
from the chassis. Therefore, the total depth of the switch
changes to 541.1 mm (21.3 in.).

Weight (with 7 kg (15.43 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports Any MultiGE or 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical

ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power ● Using 650 W DC power modules

consumption – Not providing the PoE function: 207.4 W
(100%
throughput, full – 100% PoE loads: 940 W (system power consumption:
speed of fans) 200.8 W, PoE: 739.2 W)
● Using 1150 W AC or 1000 W AC power modules
– Not providing the PoE function: 236.8 W
– 100% PoE loads: 1724.4 W (system power
consumption: 284.4 W, PoE: 1440 W)

Typical power 159.5 W (without PoE)

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 171

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 66.4 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 98010743

4.7.8 S6720-56C-PWH-SI-AC

Version Mapping
Table 4-106 lists the mapping between the S6720-56C-PWH-SI-AC chassis and
software versions.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 172

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-106 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-SI S6720-56C-PWH-SI-AC V200R011C10 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-46 S6720-56C-PWH-SI-AC appearance

1 2 345 6 7
HUAWEI 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 ETH CONSOLE
PWR1
PWR2
SYS
STAT PNP
SPED
STCK
PoE

MODE
1 2 10G/1G 3 4
S6720-56C-PWH-SI GE MultiGE Dual-purpose Port 1-4 or 8*10G/2*40G Rear Card

STATUS INPUT

OUTPUT

100-240Vac 50-60Hz 9-4.5A

CARD FAN PWR2 PWR1
FAN-060B-B

89 10 11 12 13

1 Thirty-two PoE+ 2 Sixteen PoE++ 100M/1000M/

+ 10/100/1000BASE-T ports 2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T ports
(MultiGE port)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 173

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

3 Four 10GE SFP+ ports 4 One ETH management port

Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module
● GE-DWDM optical module
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing)
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
(OSXD22N00 not supported)
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
● 10GE-DWDM optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(used for zero-configuration
stacking, supported in
V200R011C10 and later
versions)
NOTE
The four 10GE SFP+ ports on the front
panel cannot be used simultaneously
with ports on the rear card (except the
4-port 10GE rear card).
If a rear card other than a 4-port 10GE
rear card is installed in the switch, only
the ports on the front panel can be
used by default.
● V200R011 version: To use the port
on the rear card, run the set device
port-on-card enable command.
Then the four 10GE SFP+ ports on
the front panel cannot be used.
● V200R012 and later versions: To use
the port on the rear card, run the
undo set device port-config-mode
port-on-board enable command.
Then the four 10GE SFP+ ports on
the front panel cannot be used.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 174

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

5 One PNP button 6 One console port

NOTICE
Applicable in V200R012C00 and later
versions:
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

7 One USB port 8 Ground screw

NOTE
It is used with a ground cable.

9 ESN label 1 Rear card slot

0
NOTE NOTE
You can draw it out to view the ESN Cards supported:
and MAC address of the switch. ● ES5D21Q02Q00
● ES5D21X04S01

1 Fan slot 1 Power module slot 2

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: Applicable power modules:
6.4 FAN-060B-B (Fan box (B, FAN ● 580 W AC PoE power module
panel side exhaust)) ● 650 W DC PoE power module
● 1000 W AC PoE power module
(applicable in V200R013C00 and
later versions)

1 Power module slot 1 - -

3
NOTE
Applicable power modules:
● 580 W AC PoE power module
● 650 W DC PoE power module
● 1000 W AC PoE power module
(applicable in V200R013C00 and
later versions)

Interface Description
10/100/1000BASE-T port
A 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet electrical port sends and receives service data at
10/100/1000 Mbit/s, and must use an Ethernet cable. Table 4-107 describes the
attributes of a 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet electrical port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 175

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-107 Attributes of a 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet electrical port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3, IEEE802.3u, IEEE802.3ab

compliance

Working mode 10/100/1000 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port (MultiGE port)

A 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port (MultiGE port) sends and receives
service data at 100 Mbit/s, 1 Gbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, or 10 Gbit/s, and must use
an Ethernet cable. If the 2.5 Gbit/s or 5 Gbit/s speed is required, the port must
use an Ethernet cable of Cat5e or higher category. If the 10 Gbit/s speed is
required, the port must use an Ethernet cable of Cat6A F/UTP or higher category.
Table 4-108 describes the attributes of a 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T
port.

Table 4-108 Attributes of a 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3u, IEEE802.3ab, IEEE802.3bz, IEEE802.3an, mgbase-t

compliance

Working Mode 100/1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Table 4-109 lists the maximum transmission distances of different cables on

MultiGE ports.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 176

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-109 Maximum transmission distances of different cables on MultiGE ports

Cable Type (6-a-1 MultiGE Port (Different Rates)
Bundle)
16 x 100M/ 16 x 2.5GE 16 x 5GE 16 x 10GE
1000M

Category 5e 100 m 100 m ● 55 m Not

unshielded twisted ● 100 m supported
pair (Cat5e UTP) (6-a-1
bundle
only for
the first
30 m)
Not
recommend
ed due to
high risk

Category 5e 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

shielded twisted supported
pair (Cat5e STP)

Category 6 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

unshielded twisted Not supported
pair (Cat6 UTP) recommend
ed due to
high risk

Category 6 shielded 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

twisted pair (Cat6 supported
STP)

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

unshielded twisted Not supported
pair (Cat6A U/UTP) recommend
ed due to
high risk

Category 6A foiled/ 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

unshielded twisted
pair (Cat6A F/UTP)

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

shielded twisted
pair (Cat6A STP)

Category 7 twisted 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

pair (Cat7)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 177

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

6-a-1 stands for the six-around-one cable bundle mode, with one cable in the center and
six cables bundled evenly around it.
Some cables pose high risks and are not recommended for the following reasons:
● 802.3bz requires that the ALSNR value for alien crosstalk between Ethernet cables be
greater than 0, but the standards for Cat5e and Cat6 unshielded twisted pairs do not
specify the required ALSNR value. Therefore, such cables may not meet the crosstalk
requirement in 802.3bz, causing severe problems such as continuous packet loss.
● According the cabling specification TIA TSB-5021, using Cat5e and Cat6 cables for 5G
poses high risks.
● Currently, no clear onsite testing or evaluation method is available for checking
whether ALSNR of cables conforms to 802.3bz.
If Cat5e and Cat6 unshielded twisted pairs do not meet the 5G requirement, you are
advised to replace them with shielded twisted pairs or reduce the rate of ports to 2.5G.

10GE SFP+ port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-110 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-110 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

Console port

The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-111.

Table 4-111 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 178

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management

workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-112 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-112 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.

USB port

The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 179

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Indicator Description
The S6720-56C-PWH-SI-AC has the same types of indicators as the S6720-32C-
PWH-SI-AC. For details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-56C-PWH-SI-AC is a PoE switch. It provides two power module slots,
each supporting a 580 W, 650 W, or 1000 W (applicable in V200R013C00 and later
versions) power module. A 580 W AC power module and a 650 W DC power
module can be used together. A 580 W AC power module and a 1000 W AC power
module can be used together. Table 4-113 lists its power supply configurations.

Table 4-113 Power supply configurations

Power Power Available PoE Maximum Number of
Module 1 Module 2 Power Ports (Fully Loaded)

580 W or 650 – 369.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

W port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 12
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 6

580 W or 650 580 W or 739.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

W 650 W port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

1000 W (220 - 754.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 25
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

1000 W (220 1000 W (220 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 48
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 180

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Power Power Available PoE Maximum Number of

Module 1 Module 2 Power Ports (Fully Loaded)

1000 W (110 - 754.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 25
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

1000 W (110 1000 W (110 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 48
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1000 W 580 W 739.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

580 W 1000 W 739.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

NOTE

When a switch has two power modules installed, the two power modules work in
redundancy mode to provide power for the chassis and in load balancing mode to provide
power for PDs.

Figure 4-47 shows the power supply mode of dual AC PoE power modules (PWR1
and PWR2). After AC power is transmitted to the PWR modules, the PWR modules
provide 12 V and -53 V outputs. The outputs are combined on the motherboard,
which then provides 12 V voltage for the switch and -53 V voltage for the PDs.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 181

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-47 Power supply by dual AC PoE power modules

-53V RTN

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: live wire N: neutral wire PGND: protection GND: 12 V RTN: -53 V

ground wire reference ground reference ground

Figure 4-48 shows the power supply connections of dual DC PoE power modules.
After DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
and -53 V output voltages, and the motherboard provides 12 V voltage for the
entire device and -53 V voltage for the PDs.

Figure 4-48 Power supply connections of dual DC PoE power modules

-53V RTN

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference RTN: -53 V reference
ground ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-56C-PWH-SI-AC uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air
flows in from the left, right, and front sides, and exhausts from the rear panel.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 182

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-114 lists technical specifications of the S6720-56C-PWH-SI-AC.

Table 4-114 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 23.9 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port Common mode: ±6 kV

surge protection

Power supply ● Using 580 W AC or 1000 W AC power modules: ±6 kV in

surge protection differential mode, ±6 kV in common mode
● Using 650 W DC power modules: ±2 kV in differential
mode, ±4 kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 425.0 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.73 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 451.3 mm (1.75 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.77 in.)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 183

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Weight (with 9.3 kg (20.5 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports Any MultiGE, 10GE SFP+, or 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum
of 16 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power ● Using 650 W DC power modules or 580 W AC power

consumption modules
(100% – Not providing the PoE function: 120.5 W (without
throughput, full card)
speed of fans)
– 100% PoE loads: 1068.1 W (system power
consumption: 328.9 W, PoE: 739.2 W, without card)
● Using 1000 W AC power modules
– Not providing the PoE function: 120.5 W (without
card)
– 100% PoE loads: 1995.4 W (system power
consumption: 555.4 W, PoE: 1440 W, without card)

Typical power 91.01 W (not providing the PoE function, without card)
consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 184

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 60.5 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 98010727

4.7.9 S6720-56C-PWH-SI

Version Mapping
Table 4-115 lists the mapping between the S6720-56C-PWH-SI chassis and
software versions.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 185

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-115 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-SI S6720-56C-PWH-SI V200R011C10 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-49 S6720-56C-PWH-SI appearance

1 2 345 6 7
HUAWEI 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 ETH CONSOLE
PWR1
PWR2
SYS
STAT PNP
SPED
STCK
PoE

MODE
1 2 10G/1G 3 4
S6720-56C-PWH-SI GE MultiGE Dual-purpose Port 1-4 or 8*10G/2*40G Rear Card

STATUS

CARD FAN PWR2 PWR1

FAN-060B-B

89 10 11 12 13

1 Thirty-two PoE+ 2 Sixteen PoE++ 100M/1000M/

+ 10/100/1000BASE-T ports 2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T ports
(MultiGE port)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 186

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

3 Four 10GE SFP+ ports 4 One ETH management port

Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module
● GE-DWDM optical module
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing)
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
(OSXD22N00 not supported)
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
● 10GE-DWDM optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(used for zero-configuration
stacking, supported in
V200R011C10 and later
versions)
NOTE
The four 10GE SFP+ ports on the front
panel cannot be used simultaneously
with ports on the rear card (except the
4-port 10GE rear card).
If a rear card other than a 4-port 10GE
rear card is installed in the switch, only
the ports on the front panel can be
used by default.
● V200R011 version: To use the port
on the rear card, run the set device
port-on-card enable command.
Then the four 10GE SFP+ ports on
the front panel cannot be used.
● V200R012 and later versions: To use
the port on the rear card, run the
undo set device port-config-mode
port-on-board enable command.
Then the four 10GE SFP+ ports on
the front panel cannot be used.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 187

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

5 One PNP button 6 One console port

NOTICE
Applicable in V200R012C00 and later
versions:
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

7 One USB port 8 Ground screw

NOTE
It is used with a ground cable.

9 ESN label 1 Rear card slot

0
NOTE NOTE
You can draw it out to view the ESN Cards supported:
and MAC address of the switch. ● ES5D21Q02Q00
● ES5D21X04S01

1 Fan slot 1 Power module slot 2

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: Applicable power modules:
6.4 FAN-060B-B (Fan box (B, FAN ● 580 W AC PoE power module
panel side exhaust)) ● 650 W DC PoE power module
● 1150 W AC PoE power module
● 1000 W AC PoE power module
(applicable in V200R013C00 and
later versions)

1 Power module slot 1 - -

3
NOTE
Applicable power modules:
● 580 W AC PoE power module
● 650 W DC PoE power module
● 1150 W AC PoE power module
● 1000 W AC PoE power module
(applicable in V200R013C00 and
later versions)

Interface Description
10/100/1000BASE-T port

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 188

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

A 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet electrical port sends and receives service data at

10/100/1000 Mbit/s, and must use an Ethernet cable. Table 4-116 describes the
attributes of a 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet electrical port.

Table 4-116 Attributes of a 10/100/1000BASE-T Ethernet electrical port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3, IEEE802.3u, IEEE802.3ab

compliance

Working mode 10/100/1000 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port (MultiGE port)

A 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port (MultiGE port) sends and receives
service data at 100 Mbit/s, 1 Gbit/s, 2.5 Gbit/s, 5 Gbit/s, or 10 Gbit/s, and must use
an Ethernet cable. If the 2.5 Gbit/s or 5 Gbit/s speed is required, the port must
use an Ethernet cable of Cat5e or higher category. If the 10 Gbit/s speed is
required, the port must use an Ethernet cable of Cat6A F/UTP or higher category.
Table 4-117 describes the attributes of a 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T
port.

Table 4-117 Attributes of a 100M/1000M/2.5GE/5GE/10GE BASE-T port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3u, IEEE802.3ab, IEEE802.3bz, IEEE802.3an, mgbase-t

compliance

Working Mode 100/1000/2500/5000/10000 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Table 4-118 lists the maximum transmission distances of different cables on

MultiGE ports.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 189

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-118 Maximum transmission distances of different cables on MultiGE ports

Cable Type (6-a-1 MultiGE Port (Different Rates)
Bundle)
16 x 100M/ 16 x 2.5GE 16 x 5GE 16 x 10GE
1000M

Category 5e 100 m 100 m ● 55 m Not

unshielded twisted ● 100 m supported
pair (Cat5e UTP) (6-a-1
bundle
only for
the first
30 m)
Not
recommend
ed due to
high risk

Category 5e 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

shielded twisted supported
pair (Cat5e STP)

Category 6 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

unshielded twisted Not supported
pair (Cat6 UTP) recommend
ed due to
high risk

Category 6 shielded 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

twisted pair (Cat6 supported
STP)

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 100 m Not

unshielded twisted Not supported
pair (Cat6A U/UTP) recommend
ed due to
high risk

Category 6A foiled/ 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

unshielded twisted
pair (Cat6A F/UTP)

Category 6A 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

shielded twisted
pair (Cat6A STP)

Category 7 twisted 100 m 100 m 100 m 100 m

pair (Cat7)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 190

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

6-a-1 stands for the six-around-one cable bundle mode, with one cable in the center and
six cables bundled evenly around it.
Some cables pose high risks and are not recommended for the following reasons:
● 802.3bz requires that the ALSNR value for alien crosstalk between Ethernet cables be
greater than 0, but the standards for Cat5e and Cat6 unshielded twisted pairs do not
specify the required ALSNR value. Therefore, such cables may not meet the crosstalk
requirement in 802.3bz, causing severe problems such as continuous packet loss.
● According the cabling specification TIA TSB-5021, using Cat5e and Cat6 cables for 5G
poses high risks.
● Currently, no clear onsite testing or evaluation method is available for checking
whether ALSNR of cables conforms to 802.3bz.
If Cat5e and Cat6 unshielded twisted pairs do not meet the 5G requirement, you are
advised to replace them with shielded twisted pairs or reduce the rate of ports to 2.5G.

10GE SFP+ port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-119 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-119 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

Console port

The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-120.

Table 4-120 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 191

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management

workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-121 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-121 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.

USB port

The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 192

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Indicator Description
The S6720-56C-PWH-SI has the same types of indicators as the S6720-32C-PWH-
SI-AC. For details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-56C-PWH-SI is a PoE switch. It provides two power module slots, each
supporting a 580 W, 650 W, 1150 W, or 1000 W (applicable in V200R013C00 and
later versions) power module.
● A 580 W AC power module and a 650 W DC power module can be used
together.
● A 1000 W AC power module and a 580 W AC power module can be used
together.
● A 1000 W AC power module and a 1150 W AC power module can be used
together.
Table 4-122 lists its power supply configurations.

Table 4-122 Power supply configurations

Power Power Available PoE Maximum Number of
Module 1 Module 2 Power Ports (Fully Loaded)

580 W or 650 – 369.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

W port): 24
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 12
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 6

580 W or 650 580 W or 739.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

W 650 W port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

1150 W (220 – 785.4 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 26
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 13

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 193

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Power Power Available PoE Maximum Number of

Module 1 Module 2 Power Ports (Fully Loaded)

1150 W (220 1150 W (220 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 48
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1150 W (110 – 446.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 29
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 14
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 7

1150 W (110 1150 W (110 893.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 29
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 14

1000 W (220 - 754.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 25
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

1000 W (220 1000 W (220 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 48
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1000 W (110 - 754.6 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 25
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 194

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Power Power Available PoE Maximum Number of

Module 1 Module 2 Power Ports (Fully Loaded)

1000 W (110 1000 W (110 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 48
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1000 W 580 W 739.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

580 W 1000 W 739.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 24
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 12

1000 W (220 1150 W (220 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 48
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1150 W (220 1000 W (220 1440 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 48
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 24

1000 W (110 1150 W (110 893.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 29
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 14

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 195

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Power Power Available PoE Maximum Number of

Module 1 Module 2 Power Ports (Fully Loaded)

1150 W (110 1000 W (110 893.2 W ● 802.3af (15.4 W per

V) V) port): 48
● 802.3at (30 W per
port): 29
● 802.3bt (60 W per
port): 14

NOTE

When a switch has two power modules installed, the two power modules work in
redundancy mode to provide power for the chassis and in load balancing mode to provide
power for PDs.

Figure 4-50 shows the power supply mode of dual AC PoE power modules (PWR1
and PWR2). After AC power is transmitted to the PWR modules, the PWR modules
provide 12 V and -53 V outputs. The outputs are combined on the motherboard,
which then provides 12 V voltage for the switch and -53 V voltage for the PDs.

Figure 4-50 Power supply by dual AC PoE power modules

-53V RTN

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: live wire N: neutral wire PGND: protection GND: 12 V RTN: -53 V

ground wire reference ground reference ground

Figure 4-51 shows the power supply connections of dual DC PoE power modules.
After DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
and -53 V output voltages, and the motherboard provides 12 V voltage for the
entire device and -53 V voltage for the PDs.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 196

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-51 Power supply connections of dual DC PoE power modules

-53V RTN

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference RTN: -53 V reference
ground ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-56C-PWH-SI uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air
flows in from the left, right, and front sides, and exhausts from the rear panel.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-123 lists technical specifications of the S6720-56C-PWH-SI.

Table 4-123 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 197

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Mean time 23.9 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port Common mode: ±6 kV

surge protection

Power supply ● Using 580 W AC or 1000 W AC power modules: ±6 kV in

surge protection differential mode, ±6 kV in common mode
● Using 650 W DC or 1150 W AC power modules: ±2 kV in
differential mode, ±4 kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 425.0 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.73 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 451.3 mm (1.75 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.77 in.)
When 1150 W power modules are installed, they stretch out
from the chassis. Therefore, the total depth of the switch
changes to 541.1 mm (21.3 in.).

Weight (with 8.3 kg (18.3 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports Any MultiGE, 10GE SFP+, or 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum
of 16 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 198

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Maximum power ● Using 650 W DC power modules or 580 W AC power

consumption modules
(100% – Not providing the PoE function: 120.5 W (without
throughput, full card)
speed of fans)
– 100% PoE loads: 1068.1 W (system power
consumption: 328.9 W, PoE: 739.2 W, without card)
● Using 1150 W AC or 1000 W AC power modules
– Not providing the PoE function: 120.5 W (without
card)
– 100% PoE loads: 1995.4 W (system power
consumption: 555.4 W, PoE: 1440 W, without card)

Typical power 91.01 W (not providing the PoE function, without card)
consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 199

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Noise under < 62.1 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 98010730

4.8 S6720S-SI

4.8.1 S6720S-26Q-SI-24S-AC

Version Mapping
Table 4-124 lists the mapping between the S6720S-26Q-SI-24S-AC chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-124 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720S-SI S6720S-26Q-SI-24S-AC V200R011C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-52 S6720S-26Q-SI-24S-AC appearance

1 2 34 5 6
HUAWEI
PWR1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED 1 2
STCK

MODE PNP ETH

S6720S-26Q-SI-24S 40G

STATUS
ON

STATUS OFF

~100-240V;
FAN PWR2 PWR1 FAN-046A-B ES0W2PSA0150 50/60 Hz;3A

78 9 10 11

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 200

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Two 40GE QSFP+ ports

Applicable modules and cables: Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
● GE-DWDM optical module QSFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing) ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
4*SFP+ high-speed copper
● 10GE SFP+ optical module cables
(OSXD22N00 not supported)
● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
● 10GE-CWDM optical module cable
● 10GE-DWDM optical module ● 10 m QSFP+ to 4*SFP+ AOC
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+ cable
high-speed copper cables
NOTE
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
A 40GE QSFP+ optical port can be split
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+ into four 10GE ports.
dedicated stack copper cables
(the last 16 ports are
supported, used for zero-
configuration stacking,
supported in V200R011C10 and
later versions)

3 One PNP button 4 One ETH management port

NOTICE
Applicable in V200R012C00 and later
versions:
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

5 One console port 6 One USB port

7 Ground screw 8 ESN label

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. You can draw it out to view the ESN
and MAC address of the switch.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 201

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

9 Fan slot 1 Power module slot 2

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.2 FAN-046A- Applicable power modules:
B Fan Module ● 150 W AC power module
● 150 W DC power module

1 Power module slot 1 - -

1
NOTE
Applicable power modules:
● 150 W AC power module
● 150 W DC power module

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-125 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-125 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE QSFP+ port

A 40GE QSFP+ optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s and can
be split into four 10GE ports. After a split, the 40GE QSFP+ optical port needs to
be connected to a remote device using a 1-to-4 QSFP+ fiber (with matching
optical modules), a 1-to-4 QSFP+ AOC cable, or a 1-to-4 QSFP+ copper cable.
Table 4-126 describes the attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port.

Table 4-126 Attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 202

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-127.

Table 4-127 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-128 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-128 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 203

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6720S-26Q-SI-24S-AC has the same types of indicators as the S6720-26Q-
SI-24S-AC. For details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720S-26Q-SI-24S-AC uses pluggable power modules. It can be configured
with a single power module or double power modules for 1+1 power redundancy.
Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used together in the same switch.
Figure 4-53 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 204

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-53 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference ground

Figure 4-54 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-54 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720S-26Q-SI-24S-AC uses a pluggable fan module for forced air cooling. Air
flows in from the left, right, and front sides, and exhausts from the rear panel.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 205

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-129 lists specifications of the S6720S-26Q-SI-24S-AC.

Table 4-129 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 1 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 41.9 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 425.0 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.73 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 451.3 mm (1.75 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.77 in.)

Weight 8.9 kg (19.62 lb)

(including
package)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum of 2 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 206

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -36 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 97 W
consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 68.4 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Short-term -5°C to +50°C (23°F to 122°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

operating (0-5906 ft.)
temperature NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The equipment can operate beyond the normal operating
temperature range for a short-term period, but the following
conditions must be met:
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
consecutively for at most 96 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for a total of no more than 360 hours in one year.
● The equipment operates at a temperature of over 45°C (113°F)
for no more in 15 times in one year.
The equipment may be damaged or experience unexpected
exceptions if any of the preceding limits is exceeded.
The equipment cannot start when the temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F). The maximum distance of optical modules used in these
conditions cannot exceed 10 km.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 207

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Noise under < 57 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating ● AC power modules configured: 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude ● DC power modules configured: 0-2000 m (0-6562 ft.)

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 98010691

4.9 S6720-EI

4.9.1 S6720-30C-EI-24S-AC

Version Mapping
Table 4-130 lists the mapping between the S6720-30C-EI-24S-AC chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-130 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-EI S6720-30C-EI-24S-AC V200R008C00 and later versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-55 S6720-30C-EI-24S-AC appearance

1 2 3 4 5
HUAWEI
PWR1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED
STCK

MODE
40G ETH
S6720-30C-EI-24S

STATUS

CARD FAN PWR2 PWR1 FAN-060B-B

67 8 9 10 11

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 208

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Two 40GE QSFP+ ports

Applicable modules and cables: Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
● GE-DWDM optical module QSFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing supported ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
in V200R009 and later versions) 4*SFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
(OSXD22N00 not supported) ● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
cable (applicable in
● 10GE-CWDM optical module V200R009C00 and later versions)
● 10GE-DWDM optical module ● 10 m QSFP+ to 4*SFP+ AOC
(applicable in V200R009C00 and cable (applicable in
later versions) V200R009C00 and later versions)
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
NOTE
high-speed copper cables
A 40GE QSFP+ optical port can be split
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables into four 10GE ports.
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(the last 16 ports are supported,
used for zero-configuration
stacking, supported in
V200R011C10 and later versions)

3 One ETH management port 4 One console port

5 One USB port 6 Ground screw

NOTE
It is used with a ground cable.

7 ESN label 8 Rear card slot

NOTE NOTE
You can draw it out to view the ESN Card supported:
and MAC address of the switch. ● ES5D21Q04Q01
● ES5D21X08S00 (applicable in
V200R012C00 and later versions)
● ES5D21X04S01 (applicable in
V200R019C00 and later versions)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 209

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

9 Fan slot 1 Power module slot 2

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: Applicable power modules:
6.4 FAN-060B-B (Fan box (B, FAN ● 5.13 PDC-350WA-B (350W DC
panel side exhaust)) Power Module)
● 5.14 PAC-600WA-B (600W AC
Power Module)
● 5.15 PAC-600WD-B (600W AC
Power Module) (applicable in
V200R020C10 and later versions)

1 Power module slot 1 - -

1
NOTE
Applicable power modules:
● 5.13 PDC-350WA-B (350W DC
Power Module)
● 5.14 PAC-600WA-B (600W AC
Power Module)
● 5.15 PAC-600WD-B (600W AC
Power Module) (applicable in
V200R020C10 and later versions)

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port
A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-131 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-131 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE QSFP+ port

A 40GE QSFP+ optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s and can
be split into four 10GE ports. After a split, the 40GE QSFP+ optical port needs to
be connected to a remote device using a 1-to-4 QSFP+ fiber (with matching
optical modules), a 1-to-4 QSFP+ AOC cable, or a 1-to-4 QSFP+ copper cable.
Table 4-132 describes the attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 210

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-132 Attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port

The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-133.

Table 4-133 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management

workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-134 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-134 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 211

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
NOTE

Hold down the mode switch button for 6s and release it to start the web initial login mode.
Either of the following situations will occur:
● If the switch has no configuration file, the system attempts to enter the web initial
login mode. In this mode, the status of mode indicators is as follows:
● If the system enters the web initial login mode successfully, all mode indicators
turn green and stay on for a maximum of 10 minutes.
● If the system fails to enter the initial login mode, all mode indicators fast blink
for 10 seconds and then restore the default status.
● If the switch has a configuration file, the system cannot enter the web initial login
mode. In this case, all mode indicators fast blink for 10s, and then return to the
default states.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 212

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-56 Indicators on the S6720-30C-EI-24S-AC

321 8 9 10 11
HUAWEI
PWR1 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED
STCK

MODE

4 56
40G ETH
S6720-30C-EI-24S

7 8

3 21 8 9 10 11
HUAWEI
PWR1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED
STCK

4 56
MODE
40G ETH
S6720-30C-EI-24S

7 8

NOTE

The S6720-EI series switches provide a command for setting fault indicators, which help
field maintenance personnel find a faulty switch quickly.
The SYS indicator and mode indicators (STAT, SPED, and STCK) are used as fault indicators.
When an S6720-EI switch is faulty, you can run the command to turn on the fault
indicators. Then the SYS indicator and mode indicators fast blink red to help field
maintenance personnel quickly find the faulty switch.

Table 4-135 Description of indicators on the switch

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

1 PWR Power - Off No power module is available in power

1 module module slot 1, or the switch has only one
indicato power module but the power module
r does not work normally.

Gre Stead A power module is installed in power

en y on module slot 1 and is working normally.

Yell Stead The switch has two power modules

ow y on installed. Any of the following situations
occurs in power module slot 1:
● A power module is available in this
slot but its power switch is in the OFF
position.
● A power module is available in this
slot but it is not connected to a power
source.
● The power module in this slot has
failed.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 213

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

2 PWR Power - Off No power module is available in power

2 module module slot 2, or the switch has only one
indicato power module but the power module
r does not work normally.

Gre Stead A power module is installed in power

en y on module slot 2 and is working normally.

Yell Stead The switch has two power modules

ow y on installed. Any of the following situations
occurs in power module slot 2:
● A power module is available in this
slot but its power switch is in the OFF
position.
● A power module is available in this
slot but it is not connected to a power
source.
● The power module in this slot has
failed.

3 SYS System - Off The system is not running.

status
indicato Gre Fast The system is starting.
r en blinki
ng

Gre Slow The system is running normally.

en blinki
ng

Red Stead The system does not work normally after

y on registration, or a fan alarm or
temperature alarm has been generated.

4 STAT Status - Off The status mode is not selected.

indicato
r Gre Stead The status mode (default mode) is
en y on selected. If the status mode is selected,
the service port indicator shows the port
link or activity state.

5 SPE Speed - Off The speed mode is not selected.

D indicato
r Gre Stead The service port indicators show the port
en y on speeds. After 45 seconds, the service port
indicators automatically restore to the
status mode.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 214

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

6 STCK Stack - Off ● If you are not changing the indicator

indicato mode (default): The switch is in stack
r standby or slave state or the stacking
function is not enabled on the switch.
● If you are changing the indicator
mode: The stack mode is not selected.

Gre Stead The switch is a standby or slave switch in

en y on a stack, and the service port indicators
show the stack ID of the switch.

Gre Blinki ● If you are not changing the indicator

en ng mode (default): The switch is a stack
master switch or a standalone switch
with the stacking function enabled.
● If you are changing the indicator
mode: The switch is the master switch
in a stack or a standalone switch, and
the service port indicators show the
stack ID of the master switch.
After 45 seconds, the service port
indicators automatically restore to the
status mode.

7 MO Mode - - ● When you press this button once, the

DE switch service port indicators change to the
button speed mode and show the speed of
each service port.
● When you press this button a second
time, the service port indicators
change to the stack mode and show
the stack ID of the local switch.
● When you press this button a third
time, the service port indicators
restore to the default mode, and the
STAT indicator turns green.
If you do not press the MODE button
within 45 seconds, the service port
indicators restore to the default mode. In
this case, the STAT indicator is steady
green, the SPED indicator is off, and the
STCK indicator is off or blinking green.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 215

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

8 - 10GE Meanings of service port indicators vary in different

service modes. For details, see Table 4-136.
port
indicato
r (two
indicato
rs for
each
port)

9 - 40GE Meanings of service port indicators vary in different

service modes. For details, see Table 4-137.
port
indicato
r (one
indicato
r for
each
port)

10 - ETH - Off The ETH port is not connected.

port
indicato Gre Stead The ETH port is connected.
r en y on

Gre Blinki The ETH port is sending or receiving data.

en ng

11 - USB- - Off ● No USB flash drive is connected to the

based switch.
deploy ● The USB port is damaged.
ment
indicato ● The indicator is damaged.
r ● The USB flash drive does not have any
configuration file and cannot be used
for deployment.
● The switch has been upgraded using
the USB flash drive and is restarting.

Gre Stead A USB-based deployment has been

en y on completed.

Gre Blinki The system is reading data from the USB

en ng flash drive.

Yell Stead The switch has copied all the required

ow y on files and completed the file check. The
USB flash drive can be removed from the
switch.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 216

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

Red Blinki An error has occurred when the system is

ng executing the configuration file or
reading data from the USB flash drive.

Table 4-136 Description of 10GE service port indicators in different modes (two
indicators for each port)
Display Color Status Description
Mode

Status - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady A link has been established on the port.

on

Yellow Blinking The port is sending or receiving data.

Speed - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady 1000M/10GE port: The port is operating at

and on 1000 Mbit/s.
yellow

Green Blinking 1000M/10GE port: The port is operating at

and 10 Gbit/s.
yellow

Stack - Off Port indicators do not show the stack ID of

the switch.

Green Steady The switch is not the master switch in a

and on stack.
yellow ● If the indicator of a port is steady on, the
number of this port is the stack ID of the
switch.
● If the indicators of ports 1 to 9 are steady
on, the stack ID of the switch is 0.

Green Blinking The switch is the master switch in a stack.

and ● If the indicator of a port is blinking, the
yellow number of this port is the stack ID of the
switch.
● If the indicators of ports 1 to 9 are
blinking, the stack ID of the switch is 0.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 217

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-137 Description of 40GE service port indicators in different modes (one
indicator for each port)

Display Color Status Description

Mode

Status - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady A link has been established on the port.

on

Green Blinking The port is sending or receiving data.

Speed - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady The port is operating at 10 Gbit/s.

on

Green Blinking The port is operating at 40 Gbit/s.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-30C-EI-24S-AC can be configured with a single power module or
double power modules for 1+1 power redundancy. AC and DC power modules can
be used together in the same switch.

Figure 4-57 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-57 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference ground

Figure 4-58 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 218

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-58 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-30C-EI-24S-AC uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air
flows in from the left side, right side, and front panel, and exhausts from the rear
panel.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-138 lists technical specifications of the S6720-30C-EI-24S-AC.

Table 4-138 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 2 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 219

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Mean time 80.60 years (without card)

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 424.7 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.72 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 451.8 mm (1.75 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.79 in.)

Weight (with 9.8 kg (21.61 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum of 6 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 233.7 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 220

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Typical power 147 W (without card)

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 72.1 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 02350DMN

4.9.2 S6720-30C-EI-24S-DC

Version Mapping
Table 4-139 lists the mapping between the S6720-30C-EI-24S-DC chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-139 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-EI S6720-30C-EI-24S-DC V200R009C00 and later versions

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 221

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-59 S6720-30C-EI-24S-DC appearance

1 2 3 4 5
HUAWEI
PWR1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED
STCK

MODE
40G ETH
S6720-30C-EI-24S

STATUS STATUS

RTN(+)

NEG(-)

CARD FAN PWR2 PWR1 FAN-060B-B PDC-350WA-B -48 -60V ; 11A

67 8 9 10 11

1 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Two 40GE QSFP+ ports

Applicable modules and cables: Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
● GE-DWDM optical module QSFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing supported ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
in V200R009 and later versions) 4*SFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
(OSXD22N00 not supported) ● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
cable (applicable in
● 10GE-CWDM optical module V200R009C00 and later versions)
● 10GE-DWDM optical module ● 10 m QSFP+ to 4*SFP+ AOC
(applicable in V200R009C00 and cable (applicable in
later versions) V200R009C00 and later versions)
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
NOTE
high-speed copper cables
A 40GE QSFP+ optical port can be split
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables into four 10GE ports.
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(the last 16 ports are supported,
used for zero-configuration
stacking, supported in
V200R011C10 and later versions)

3 One ETH management port 4 One console port

5 One USB port 6 Ground screw

NOTE
It is used with a ground cable.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 222

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

7 ESN label 8 Rear card slot

NOTE NOTE
You can draw it out to view the ESN Card supported:
and MAC address of the switch. ● ES5D21Q04Q01
● ES5D21X08S00 (applicable in
V200R012C00 and later versions)
● ES5D21X04S01 (applicable in
V200R019C00 and later versions)

9 Fan slot 1 Power module slot 2

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: Applicable power modules:
6.4 FAN-060B-B (Fan box (B, FAN ● 5.13 PDC-350WA-B (350W DC
panel side exhaust)) Power Module)
● 5.14 PAC-600WA-B (600W AC
Power Module)
● 5.15 PAC-600WD-B (600W AC
Power Module) (applicable in
V200R020C10 and later versions)

1 Power module slot 1 - -

1
NOTE
Applicable power modules:
● 5.13 PDC-350WA-B (350W DC
Power Module)
● 5.14 PAC-600WA-B (600W AC
Power Module)
● 5.15 PAC-600WD-B (600W AC
Power Module) (applicable in
V200R020C10 and later versions)

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-140 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-140 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 223

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE QSFP+ port

A 40GE QSFP+ optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s and can
be split into four 10GE ports. After a split, the 40GE QSFP+ optical port needs to
be connected to a remote device using a 1-to-4 QSFP+ fiber (with matching
optical modules), a 1-to-4 QSFP+ AOC cable, or a 1-to-4 QSFP+ copper cable.
Table 4-141 describes the attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port.

Table 4-141 Attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-142.

Table 4-142 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 224

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-143 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-143 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6720-30C-EI-24S-DC has the same types of indicators as the S6720-30C-
EI-24S-AC. For details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-30C-EI-24S-DC can be configured with a single power module or
double power modules for 1+1 power redundancy. AC and DC power modules can
be used together in the same switch.
Figure 4-60 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 225

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-60 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference ground

Figure 4-61 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-61 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-30C-EI-24S-DC uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air
flows in from the left side, right side, and front panel, and exhausts from the rear
panel.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 226

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-144 lists technical specifications of the S6720-30C-EI-24S-DC.

Table 4-144 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 2 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 80.60 years (without card)

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 424.7 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.72 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 451.8 mm (1.75 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.79 in.)

Weight (with 9.8 kg (21.61 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum of 6 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 227

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 212.5 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 141 W (without card)

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 72.1 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 02350NHU

4.9.3 S6720-54C-EI-48S-AC

Version Mapping
Table 4-145 lists the mapping between the S6720-54C-EI-48S-AC chassis and
software versions.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 228

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-145 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-EI S6720-54C-EI-48S-AC V200R008C00 and later versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-62 S6720-54C-EI-48S-AC appearance

1 2 3 4 5
HUAWEI
PWR1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED
STCK

MODE
ETH
S6720-54C-EI-48S 40G

STATUS

CARD FAN PWR2 PWR1 FAN-060B-B

67 8 9 10 11

1 Forty-eight 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Two 40GE QSFP+ ports

Applicable modules and cables: Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
● GE-DWDM optical module QSFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing supported ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
in V200R009 and later versions) 4*SFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
(OSXD22N00 and SFP-10G-ZR ● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
not supported) cable (applicable in
V200R009C00 and later versions)
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables ● 10 m QSFP+ to 4*SFP+ AOC
cable (applicable in
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables V200R009C00 and later versions)
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
NOTE
dedicated stack copper cables
(the last 16 ports are supported, A 40GE QSFP+ optical port can be split
into four 10GE ports.
used for zero-configuration
stacking, supported in
V200R011C10 and later versions)

3 One ETH management port 4 One console port

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 229

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

5 One USB port 6 Ground screw

NOTE
It is used with a ground cable.

7 ESN label 8 Rear card slot

NOTE NOTE
You can draw it out to view the ESN Card supported:
and MAC address of the switch. ● ES5D21Q04Q01
● ES5D21X08S00 (applicable in
V200R012C00 and later versions)
● ES5D21X04S01 (applicable in
V200R019C00 and later versions)

9 Fan slot 1 Power module slot 2

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: Applicable power modules:
6.4 FAN-060B-B (Fan box (B, FAN ● 5.13 PDC-350WA-B (350W DC
panel side exhaust)) Power Module)
● 5.14 PAC-600WA-B (600W AC
Power Module)
● 5.15 PAC-600WD-B (600W AC
Power Module) (applicable in
V200R020C10 and later versions)

1 Power module slot 1 - -

1
NOTE
Applicable power modules:
● 5.13 PDC-350WA-B (350W DC
Power Module)
● 5.14 PAC-600WA-B (600W AC
Power Module)
● 5.15 PAC-600WD-B (600W AC
Power Module) (applicable in
V200R020C10 and later versions)

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-146 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-146 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 230

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE QSFP+ port

A 40GE QSFP+ optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s and can
be split into four 10GE ports. After a split, the 40GE QSFP+ optical port needs to
be connected to a remote device using a 1-to-4 QSFP+ fiber (with matching
optical modules), a 1-to-4 QSFP+ AOC cable, or a 1-to-4 QSFP+ copper cable.
Table 4-147 describes the attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port.

Table 4-147 Attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-148.

Table 4-148 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 231

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-149 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-149 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6720-54C-EI-48S-AC has the same types of indicators as the S6720-30C-
EI-24S-AC. For details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-54C-EI-48S-AC can be configured with a single power module or
double power modules for 1+1 power redundancy. AC and DC power modules can
be used together in the same switch.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 232

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-63 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-63 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference ground

Figure 4-64 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-64 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-54C-EI-48S-AC uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air
flows in from the left side, right side, and front panel, and exhausts from the rear
panel.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 233

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-150 lists technical specifications of the S6720-54C-EI-48S-AC.

Table 4-150 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 2 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 79.39 years (without card)

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2
repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 424.7 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.72 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 451.8 mm (1.75 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.79 in.)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 234

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Weight (with 10.2 kg (22.49 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum of 6 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 296.1 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 190 W (without card)

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 72.1 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 235

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 02350DMP

4.9.4 S6720-54C-EI-48S-DC

Version Mapping
Table 4-151 lists the mapping between the S6720-54C-EI-48S-DC chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-151 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-EI S6720-54C-EI-48S-DC V200R009C00 and later versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-65 S6720-54C-EI-48S-DC appearance

1 2 3 4 5
HUAWEI
PWR1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 CONSOLE
PWR2
SYS
STAT
SPED
STCK

MODE
ETH
S6720-54C-EI-48S 40G

STATUS STATUS

RTN(+)

NEG(-)

CARD FAN PWR2 PWR1 FAN-060B-B PDC-350WA-B -48 -60V ; 11A

67 8 9 10 11

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 236

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Forty-eight 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Two 40GE QSFP+ ports

Applicable modules and cables: Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
● GE-DWDM optical module QSFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● GE copper module (100M/
1000M auto-sensing supported ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
in V200R009 and later versions) 4*SFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
(OSXD22N00 and SFP-10G-ZR ● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
not supported) cable (applicable in
V200R009C00 and later versions)
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables ● 10 m QSFP+ to 4*SFP+ AOC
cable (applicable in
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables V200R009C00 and later versions)
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
NOTE
dedicated stack copper cables
(the last 16 ports are supported, A 40GE QSFP+ optical port can be split
into four 10GE ports.
used for zero-configuration
stacking, supported in
V200R011C10 and later versions)

3 One ETH management port 4 One console port

5 One USB port 6 Ground screw

NOTE
It is used with a ground cable.

7 ESN label 8 Rear card slot

NOTE NOTE
You can draw it out to view the ESN Card supported:
and MAC address of the switch. ● ES5D21Q04Q01
● ES5D21X08S00 (applicable in
V200R012C00 and later versions)
● ES5D21X04S01 (applicable in
V200R019C00 and later versions)

9 Fan slot 1 Power module slot 2

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: Applicable power modules:
6.4 FAN-060B-B (Fan box (B, FAN ● 5.13 PDC-350WA-B (350W DC
panel side exhaust)) Power Module)
● 5.14 PAC-600WA-B (600W AC
Power Module)
● 5.15 PAC-600WD-B (600W AC
Power Module) (applicable in
V200R020C10 and later versions)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 237

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Power module slot 1 - -

1
NOTE
Applicable power modules:
● 5.13 PDC-350WA-B (350W DC
Power Module)
● 5.14 PAC-600WA-B (600W AC
Power Module)
● 5.15 PAC-600WD-B (600W AC
Power Module) (applicable in
V200R020C10 and later versions)

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-152 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-152 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE QSFP+ port

A 40GE QSFP+ optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s and can
be split into four 10GE ports. After a split, the 40GE QSFP+ optical port needs to
be connected to a remote device using a 1-to-4 QSFP+ fiber (with matching
optical modules), a 1-to-4 QSFP+ AOC cable, or a 1-to-4 QSFP+ copper cable.
Table 4-153 describes the attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port.

Table 4-153 Attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 238

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-154.

Table 4-154 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-155 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-155 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 239

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.

USB port

The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6720-54C-EI-48S-DC has the same types of indicators as the S6720-30C-
EI-24S-AC. For details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-54C-EI-48S-DC can be configured with a single power module or
double power modules for 1+1 power redundancy. AC and DC power modules can
be used together in the same switch.

Figure 4-66 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-66 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference ground

Figure 4-67 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 240

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-67 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-54C-EI-48S-DC uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air
flows in from the left side, right side, and front panel, and exhausts from the rear
panel.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-156 lists technical specifications of the S6720-54C-EI-48S-DC.

Table 4-156 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 2 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 241

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Mean time 79.39 years (without card)

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 424.7 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.72 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 451.8 mm (1.75 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.79 in.)

Weight (with 10.2 kg (22.49 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum of 6 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 268.6 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 242

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Typical power 185 W (without card)

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 72.1 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 02350NHV

4.10 S6720S-EI

4.10.1 S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-AC

Version Mapping
Table 4-157 lists the mapping between the S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-AC chassis and
software versions.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 243

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-157 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720S-EI S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-AC V200R009C00 and later versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-68 S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-AC appearance

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
INPUT OUTPUT
SYS
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
STAT
ON
SPED

STCK

MODE
PWR1 PWR2
OFF ~100-240V; 50/60Hz; 2.5A CONSOLE ETH 40G S6720S-26Q-EI-24S

MONITOR
OUT IN

8 9

1 Power module slot 1 2 Power module slot 2

NOTE NOTE
Applicable power modules: Applicable power modules:
● 5.9 W0PSA1701 (170W AC Power ● 5.9 W0PSA1701 (170W AC Power
Module) Module)
● 5.10 ES5M0PSD1700 (170W DC ● 5.10 ES5M0PSD1700 (170W DC
Power Module) Power Module)

3 One console port 4 One ETH management port

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 244

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

5 One USB port 6 Two 40GE QSFP+ ports

Applicable modules and cables:
● QSFP+ optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
QSFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
4*SFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
cable
● 10 m QSFP+ to 4*SFP+ AOC
cable
NOTE
A 40GE QSFP+ optical port can be split
into four 10GE ports.

7 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 8 Ground screw

Applicable modules and cables: NOTE

● GE optical module It is used with a ground cable. The

switch has two ground screws, any of
● GE-CWDM optical module which can be used to install a ground
● GE-DWDM optical module cable.

● GE copper module (100M/

1000M auto-sensing
supported)
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
(OSXD22N00 and SFP-10G-ZR
not supported)
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(the last 16 ports are
supported, used for zero-
configuration stacking,
supported in V200R011C10 and
later versions)

9 Monitoring port - -
NOTE
This port is reserved and cannot be
used currently.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 245

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port
A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-158 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-158 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE QSFP+ port

A 40GE QSFP+ optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s and can
be split into four 10GE ports. After a split, the 40GE QSFP+ optical port needs to
be connected to a remote device using a 1-to-4 QSFP+ fiber (with matching
optical modules), a 1-to-4 QSFP+ AOC cable, or a 1-to-4 QSFP+ copper cable.
Table 4-159 describes the attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port.

Table 4-159 Attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-160.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 246

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-160 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-161 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-161 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 247

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
NOTE

Hold down the mode switch button for 6s and release it to start the web initial login mode.
Either of the following situations will occur:
● If the switch has no configuration file, the system attempts to enter the web initial
login mode. In this mode, the status of mode indicators is as follows:
● If the system enters the web initial login mode successfully, all mode indicators
turn green and stay on for a maximum of 10 minutes.
● If the system fails to enter the initial login mode, all mode indicators fast blink
for 10 seconds and then restore the default status.
● If the switch has a configuration file, the system cannot enter the web initial login
mode. In this case, all mode indicators fast blink for 10s, and then return to the
default states.

Figure 4-69 Indicators on the S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-AC

8 32 1 7 6
SYS
1 2 1 2 3 4
STAT

SPED

STCK

MODE 40G

E ETH 40G

4 5 6
8 3 21 7 6
INPUT OUTPUT
SYS
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
STAT
ON
SPED

STCK

MODE
PWR1 PWR2
40G
OFF ~100-240V; 50/60Hz; 2.5A CONSOLE ETH 40G S6720S-26Q-EI-24S

45 6

NOTE

The S6720S-EI series switches provide a command for setting fault indicators, which help
field maintenance personnel find a faulty switch quickly.
The SYS indicator and mode indicators (STAT, SPED, and STCK) are used as fault indicators.
When a switch is faulty, you can run the command to turn on the fault indicators. Then the
SYS indicator and mode indicators fast blink red to help field maintenance personnel
quickly find the faulty switch.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 248

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-162 Description of indicators on the switch

No Indi Name Col Statu Description
. cato or s
r

1 SYS System - Off The system is not running.

status
indicato Gre Fast The system is starting.
r en blinki
ng

Gre Slow The system is running normally.

en blinki
ng

Red Stead The system does not work normally after

y on registration, or a fan alarm or
temperature alarm has been generated.

2 STAT Status - Off The status mode is not selected.

indicato
r Gre Stead The status mode (default mode) is
en y on selected. If the status mode is selected,
the service port indicator shows the port
link or activity state.

3 SPE Speed - Off The speed mode is not selected.

D indicato
r Gre Stead The service port indicators show the port
en y on speeds. After 45 seconds, the service port
indicators automatically restore to the
status mode.

4 STCK Stack - Off ● If you are not changing the indicator

indicato mode (default): The switch is in stack
r standby or slave state or the stacking
function is not enabled on the switch.
● If you are changing the indicator
mode: The stack mode is not selected.

Gre Stead The switch is a standby or slave switch in

en y on a stack, and the service port indicators
show the stack ID of the switch.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 249

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

Gre Blinki ● If you are not changing the indicator

en ng mode (default): The switch is a stack
master switch or a standalone switch
with the stacking function enabled.
● If you are changing the indicator
mode: The switch is the master switch
in a stack or a standalone switch, and
the service port indicators show the
stack ID of the master switch.
After 45 seconds, the service port
indicators automatically restore to the
status mode.

5 MO Mode - - ● When you press this button once, the

DE switch service port indicators change to the
button speed mode and show the speed of
each service port.
● When you press this button a second
time, the service port indicators
change to the stack mode and show
the stack ID of the local switch.
● When you press this button a third
time, the service port indicators
restore to the default mode, and the
STAT indicator turns green.
If you do not press the MODE button
within 45 seconds, the service port
indicators restore to the default mode. In
this case, the STAT indicator is steady
green, the SPED indicator is off, and the
STCK indicator is off or blinking green.

6 - 10GE Meanings of service port indicators vary in different

service modes. For details, see Table 4-163.
port
indicato
r (two
indicato
rs for
each
port)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 250

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

7 - 40GE Meanings of service port indicators vary in different

service modes. For details, see Table 4-164.
port
indicato
r (one
indicato
r for
each
port)

8 - ETH - Off The ETH port is not connected.

port
indicato Gre Stead The ETH port is connected.
r en y on

Gre Blinki The ETH port is sending or receiving data.

en ng

Table 4-163 Description of 10GE service port indicators in different modes (two
indicators for each port)
Display Color Status Description
Mode

Status - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady A link has been established on the port.

on

Yellow Blinking The port is sending or receiving data.

Speed - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady 1000M/10GE port: The port is operating at

and on 1000 Mbit/s.
yellow

Green Blinking 1000M/10GE port: The port is operating at

and 10 Gbit/s.
yellow

Stack - Off Port indicators do not show the stack ID of

the switch.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 251

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Display Color Status Description

Mode

Green Steady The switch is not the master switch in a

and on stack.
yellow ● If the indicator of a port is steady on, the
number of this port is the stack ID of the
switch.
● If the indicators of ports 1 to 9 are steady
on, the stack ID of the switch is 0.

Green Blinking The switch is the master switch in a stack.

and ● If the indicator of a port is blinking, the
yellow number of this port is the stack ID of the
switch.
● If the indicators of ports 1 to 9 are
blinking, the stack ID of the switch is 0.

Table 4-164 Description of 40GE service port indicators in different modes (one
indicator for each port)
Display Color Status Description
Mode

Status - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady A link has been established on the port.

on

Green Blinking The port is sending or receiving data.

Speed - Off The port is not connected or has been shut

down.

Green Steady The port is operating at 10 Gbit/s.

on

Green Blinking The port is operating at 40 Gbit/s.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-AC can be configured with a single power module or
double power modules for 1+1 power redundancy. AC and DC power modules can
be used together in the same switch.
Figure 4-70 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 252

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-70 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference ground

Figure 4-71 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-71 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-AC has three built-in fans for forced air cooling. Air flows
in from the left side and front panel, and exhausts from the right side.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 253

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-165 lists technical specifications of the S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-AC.

Table 4-165 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 2 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 69.53 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2
repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 222.3 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 8.75 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the parts protruding from the
rear panel): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 250.0 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 9.84 in.)

Weight (with 5.4 kg (11.91 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum of 2 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 254

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -36 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 143.4 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 108.59 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 67.1 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating ● AC power modules configured: 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude ● DC power modules configured: 0-2000 m (0-6562 ft.)

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 02350MTR

4.10.2 S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-DC

Version Mapping
Table 4-166 lists the mapping between the S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-DC chassis and
software versions.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 255

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-166 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720S-EI S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-DC V200R009C00 and later versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-72 S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-DC appearance

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
SYS
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 4 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
INPUT STAT

SPED

STCK

OUTPUT

MODE
NEG(-) RTN(+) PWR1 PWR2
-48 -60V;6A CONSOLE ETH 40G S6720S-26Q-EI-24S

MONITOR
OUT IN

8 9

1 Power module slot 1 2 Power module slot 2

NOTE NOTE
Applicable power modules: Applicable power modules:
● 5.9 W0PSA1701 (170W AC Power ● 5.9 W0PSA1701 (170W AC Power
Module) Module)
● 5.10 ES5M0PSD1700 (170W DC ● 5.10 ES5M0PSD1700 (170W DC
Power Module) Power Module)

3 One console port 4 One ETH management port

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 256

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

5 One USB port 6 Two 40GE QSFP+ ports

Applicable modules and cables:
● QSFP+ optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
QSFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
4*SFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
cable
● 10 m QSFP+ to 4*SFP+ AOC
cable
NOTE
A 40GE QSFP+ optical port can be split
into four 10GE ports.

7 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 8 Ground screw

Applicable modules and cables: NOTE

● GE optical module It is used with a ground cable. The

switch has two ground screws, any of
● GE-CWDM optical module which can be used to install a ground
● GE-DWDM optical module cable.

● GE copper module (100M/

1000M auto-sensing
supported)
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
(OSXD22N00 and SFP-10G-ZR
not supported)
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables
(the last 16 ports are
supported, used for zero-
configuration stacking,
supported in V200R011C10 and
later versions)

9 Monitoring port - -
NOTE
This port is reserved and cannot be
used currently.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 257

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port
A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-167 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-167 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE QSFP+ port

A 40GE QSFP+ optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s and can
be split into four 10GE ports. After a split, the 40GE QSFP+ optical port needs to
be connected to a remote device using a 1-to-4 QSFP+ fiber (with matching
optical modules), a 1-to-4 QSFP+ AOC cable, or a 1-to-4 QSFP+ copper cable.
Table 4-168 describes the attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port.

Table 4-168 Attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-169.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 258

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-169 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-170 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-170 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 259

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-DC has the same types of indicators as the S6720S-26Q-
EI-24S-AC. For details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-DC can be configured with a single power module or
double power modules for 1+1 power redundancy. AC and DC power modules can
be used together in the same switch.
Figure 4-73 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-73 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference ground

Figure 4-74 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 260

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-74 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-DC has three built-in fans for forced air cooling. Air flows
in from the left side and front panel, and exhausts from the right side.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-171 lists technical specifications of the S6720S-26Q-EI-24S-DC.

Table 4-171 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 2 GB

Flash 512 MB in total. To view the available flash memory size,

run the display version command.

Mean time 69.53 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 261

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Mean time to 2
repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 222.3 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 8.75 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the parts protruding from the
rear panel): 44.4 mm x 442.0 mm x 250.0 mm (1.75 in. x
17.4 in. x 9.84 in.)

Weight (with 5.2 kg (11.47 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum of 2 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -36 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 126.3 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 101.31 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 262

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 67.1 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating ● AC power modules configured: 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude ● DC power modules configured: 0-2000 m (0-6562 ft.)

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 02350MTS

4.11 S6720-HI

4.11.1 S6720-30L-HI-24S

Version Mapping
Table 4-172 lists the mapping between the S6720-30L-HI-24S chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-172 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-HI S6720-30L-HI-24S V200R012C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 263

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-75 S6720-30L-HI-24S appearance

1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 1 2 3 4

100G/40G 40G 40G

SYS MST ID S6720-30L-HI-24S 10G/1G

4 5 6 789 10 11
STATUS STATUS CONSOLE S6720-30L-HI-24S STATUS STATUS
SYS
MST

ACT

L/A

ID

ETH
PAC-600WA-B PWR1 FAN1 FAN2 PWR2 PAC-600WA-B

12

1 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Two 100GE/40GE QSFP28 ports

Applicable modules and cables: Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module ● QSFP28 optical module
● GE-DWDM optical module (QSFP-100G-ER4 not supported)
● GE copper module (100M/ ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
1000M auto-sensing) QSFP+ high-speed copper
● 10GE SFP+ optical module cables
(OSXD22N00 not supported) ● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
● 10GE-CWDM optical module cable
● 10GE-DWDM optical module ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP28 to
QSFP28 high-speed copper
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+
cables
high-speed copper cables
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables ● 10 m QSFP28 to QSFP28 AOC
cable
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack copper cables NOTE
(the last 16 ports are A QSFP28 optical port cannot be split
supported, used for zero- into four 10GE ports.
configuration stacking) The default rate is 100 Gbit/s.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 264

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

3 Four 40GE QSFP+ ports 4 Power module slot 1

Applicable modules and cables: NOTE

● QSFP+ optical module Applicable power modules:

● 5.13 PDC-350WA-B (350W DC
● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
Power Module)
QSFP+ high-speed copper
● 5.14 PAC-600WA-B (600W AC
cables
Power Module)
● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
cable
NOTE
A 40GE QSFP+ optical port cannot be
split into four 10GE ports.

5 Fan slot 1 6 One console port

NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.3 FAN-40HA-
B Fan Module

7 One ETH management port 8 ESN label

NOTE
You can draw it out to view the ESN
and MAC address of the switch.

9 One USB port 1 Fan slot 2

0
NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.3 FAN-40HA-
B Fan Module

1 Power module slot 2 1 Ground screw

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable power modules: It is used with a ground cable.

● 5.13 PDC-350WA-B (350W DC

Power Module)
● 5.14 PAC-600WA-B (600W AC
Power Module)

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port
A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-173 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 265

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-173 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

100GE/40GE QSFP28 port

A 100GE/40GE QSFP28 optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 or 100
Gbit/s. Table 4-174 describes the attributes of a QSFP28 optical port.

Table 4-174 Attributes of a QSFP28 optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

40GE QSFP+ port

A 40GE QSFP+ optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s. Table
4-175 describes the attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port.

Table 4-175 Attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 266

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-176.

Table 4-176 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-177 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-177 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 267

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6720-30L-HI-24S has the same types of indicators as the S6720-50L-HI-48S.
For details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-30L-HI-24S uses pluggable power modules. It can be configured with a
single power module or double power modules for 1+1 power redundancy.
Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used together in the same switch.
Figure 4-76 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-76 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference ground

Figure 4-77 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 268

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-77 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-30L-HI-24S uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. The
airflow direction is front-to-rear.

Cold air
Hot air
Port side

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-178 lists technical specifications of the S6720-30L-HI-24S.

Table 4-178 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 2 GB

Flash 1 GB in total. To view the available flash memory size, run

the display version command.

Mean time 61.42 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 269

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 420.0 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.5 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 445.6 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.54 in.)

Weight (with 9.9 kg (21.83 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum of 6 physical ports)
● Any 100GE QSFP28 ports (a maximum of 2 physical
ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 232 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 270

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Typical power 138 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 65 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 02351MXR

4.11.2 S6720-50L-HI-48S

Version Mapping
Table 4-179 lists the mapping between the S6720-50L-HI-48S chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-179 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6720-HI S6720-50L-HI-48S V200R012C00 to V200R019C10

versions

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 271

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-78 S6720-50L-HI-48S appearance

1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6

Dual-purpose Port 45/46 10G or Port 2 100G 2 1 40G/100G 40G 40G

SYS MST ID S6720-50L-HI-48S 10G/1G Dual-purpose Port 47/48 10G or Port 1 100G

4 5 6 789 10 11
STATUS STATUS CONSOLE S6720-50L-HI-48S STATUS STATUS
SYS
MST

ACT

L/A

ID

ETH
PAC-600WA-B PWR1 FAN1 FAN2 PWR2 PAC-600WA-B

12

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 272

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Forty-eight 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Two 40GE/100GE QSFP28 ports

Applicable modules and cables: Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module ● QSFP28 optical module
● GE-DWDM optical module (QSFP-100G-ER4 not supported)
● GE copper module (100M/ ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
1000M auto-sensing) QSFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● 10GE SFP+ optical module
(OSXD22N00 not supported) ● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
cable
● 10GE-CWDM optical module
● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP28 to
● 10GE-DWDM optical module QSFP28 high-speed copper
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+ cables
high-speed copper cables ● 10 m QSFP28 to QSFP28 AOC
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables cable
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+ NOTE
dedicated stack copper cables
A QSFP28 optical port cannot be split
(the last 16 ports are into four 10GE ports.
supported, used for zero-
The default rate is 40 Gbit/s, and you
configuration stacking) can run the set device port-config-
mode 100g-port enable command to
change the rate to 100 Gbit/s. When
you run the command on either of the
ports, both ports are configured to
work at the rate of 100 Gbit/s
simultaneously.
After the rate is changed from 40 Gbit/s
to 100 Gbit/s, ports 10GE0/0/45 to
10GE0/0/48 become unavailable.

3 Four 40GE QSFP+ ports 4 Power module slot 1

Applicable modules and cables: NOTE

● QSFP+ optical module Applicable power modules:

● 5.13 PDC-350WA-B (350W DC
● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
Power Module)
QSFP+ high-speed copper
● 5.14 PAC-600WA-B (600W AC
cables
Power Module)
● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
cable
NOTE
A 40GE QSFP+ optical port cannot be
split into four 10GE ports.

5 Fan slot 1 6 One console port

NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.3 FAN-40HA-
B Fan Module

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 273

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

7 One ETH management port 8 ESN label

NOTE
You can draw it out to view the ESN
and MAC address of the switch.

9 One USB port 1 Fan slot 2

0
NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.3 FAN-40HA-
B Fan Module

1 Power module slot 2 1 Ground screw

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable power modules: It is used with a ground cable.

● 5.13 PDC-350WA-B (350W DC

Power Module)
● 5.14 PAC-600WA-B (600W AC
Power Module)

Port Description
10GE SFP+ port
A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-180 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-180 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE/100GE QSFP28 port

A 40GE/100GE QSFP28 optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 or 100
Gbit/s. Table 4-181 describes the attributes of a QSFP28 optical port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 274

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-181 Attributes of a QSFP28 optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

40GE QSFP+ port

A 40GE QSFP+ optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s. Table
4-182 describes the attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port.

Table 4-182 Attributes of a 40GE QSFP+ optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port

The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-183.

Table 4-183 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 275

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-184 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-184 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the device for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 276

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Indicator Description

Figure 4-79 Indicators on the S6720-50L-HI-48S

4 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6

Dual-purpose Port 45/46 10G or Port 2 100G 2 1 40G/100G 40G 40G

SYS MST ID S6720-50L-HI-48S 10G/1G Dual-purpose Port 47/48 10G or Port 1 100G

1 2 3 5

4 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 40G/100G 40G 40G

SYS MST ID S67

5
1 2 3
6 21
STATUS STATUS CONSOLE S6720-50L-HI-48S STATUS STATUS
SYS
MST

ACT

L/A

ID

ETH
PAC-600WA-B PWR1 FAN1 FAN2 PWR2 PAC-600WA-B

7 3

6 21
CONSOLE S6720-50L-HI-48S STATUS
SYS
MST

ACT

L/A

ID

ETH
PWR1 FAN1 FAN2 PWR2

7 3

Table 4-185 Description of indicators on the switch

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

1 SYS System - Off The system is not running.

status
indicato Gre Fast The system is starting.
r en blinki
ng

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 277

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

Gre Stead In the system startup preparation phase,

en y on the SYS indicator is steady green for no
more than 15 seconds.

Gre Slow The system is running normally.

en blinki
ng

Red Stead The system does not work normally after

y on registration, or a fan alarm or
temperature alarm has been generated.

2 MST stack - Off The switch is not a stack master.

indicato
r Gre Stead The switch is a stack master or
en y on standalone switch.

3 ID ID - Off The ID indicator is not used (default

indicato state).
r
Blu Stead The indicator identifies the switch to
e y on maintain. The ID indicator can be turned
on or off remotely to help field engineers
find the switch to maintain.

4 - Service - Off The port is not connected or has been

port shut down.
indicato
r (10GE Gre Stead The port is connected.
optical en y on
port) - Off The port is not sending or receiving data.

Yell Blinki The port is sending or receiving data.

ow ng

5 - Service - Off The port is not connected or has been

port shut down.
indicato
r (40GE Gre Stead The port is connected.
or en y on
40GE/ Gre Blinki The port is sending or receiving data.
100GE en ng
optical
port)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 278

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indi Name Col Statu Description

. cato or s
r

6 ACT USB- - Off ● No USB flash drive is connected to the

based switch.
deploy ● The USB port is damaged.
ment
indicato ● The indicator is damaged.
r ● The USB flash drive does not have any
configuration file and cannot be used
for deployment.
● The switch has been upgraded using
the USB flash drive and is restarting.

Gre Stead A USB-based deployment has been

en y on completed.

Gre Blinki The system is reading data from the USB

en ng flash drive.

Yell Stead The switch has copied all the required

ow y on files and completed the file check. The
USB flash drive can be removed from the
switch.

Red Blinki An error has occurred when the system is

ng executing the configuration file or
reading data from the USB flash drive.

7 L/A ETH - Off The ETH port is not connected.

port
indicato Gre Stead The ETH port is connected.
r en y on

Gre Blinki The ETH port is sending or receiving data.

en ng

Power Supply Configuration

The S6720-50L-HI-48S uses pluggable power modules. It can be configured with a
single power module or double power modules for 1+1 power redundancy.
Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used together in the same switch.
Figure 4-80 shows the power supply connections of dual DC power modules. After
DC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 279

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Figure 4-80 Power supply connections of dual DC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

NEG RTN NEG RTN

NEG: negative wire RTN: positive wire GND: 12 V reference ground

Figure 4-81 shows the power supply connections of dual AC power modules. After
AC power is transmitted to the PWR module, the PWR module provides 12 V
output voltage, and the motherboard provides power for the entire device.

Figure 4-81 Power supply connections of dual AC power modules

12V GND

Motherboard

PWR2 PWR1

L N PGND L N PGND

L: Live wire N: Neutral wire PGND: Protection GND: 12 V reference

ground wire ground

Heat Dissipation
The S6720-50L-HI-48S uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. The
airflow direction is front-to-rear.

Cold air
Hot air
Port side

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 280

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-186 lists technical specifications of the S6720-50L-HI-48S.

Table 4-186 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 2 GB

Flash 1 GB in total. To view the available flash memory size, run

the display version command.

Mean time 54.65 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port NA
surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±1 kV in differential mode, ±2
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 420.0 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.5 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 445.6 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.54 in.)

Weight (with 10.2 kg (22.49 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports ● The last 36 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical

ports)
● Any 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum of 6 physical ports)
● Any 100GE QSFP28 ports (a maximum of 2 physical
ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 281

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum 90 V AC to 264 V AC, 47 Hz to 63 Hz

voltage range -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 279 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 194 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating 0°C to 45°C (32°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 65 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 02351MXN

4.12 S6730-H

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 282

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

4.12.1 S6730-H24X6C

Version Mapping
Table 4-187 lists the mapping between the S6730-H24X6C chassis and software
versions.

Table 4-187 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6730-H S6730-H24X6C 02352FSG: V200R013C02 and later

versions
02353GFC: V200R013C02 and later
versions
02352FSG-001: V200R020C10 and later
versions
02353GFC-001: V200R020C10 and later
versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-82 S6730-H24X6C appearance

1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6

10G/1G 100G/40G
SYS MST ID CloudEngine S6730-H24X6C

CONSOLE
SN
SYS
MST
MAC
PWR2

L/A
PWR1
AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

USB FAN FAN FAN FAN

031A-B 031A-B 031A-B 031A-B
ID
PNP

SSD ETH FAN 1-4

3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 283

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Six 40GE/100GE QSFP28 optical

ports
Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module Applicable modules and cables:
● GE-CWDM optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-DWDM optical module ● QSFP28 optical module
● GE copper module ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
● 10GE SFP+ optical module QSFP+ high-speed copper
(OSXD22N00 not supported) cables
● 10GE-CWDM optical module ● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
● 10GE-DWDM optical module cable

● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+ ● 1 m QSFP28 to QSFP28 high-

high-speed copper cables speed copper cable
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables ● 10 m QSFP28 to QSFP28 AOC
cable
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack cables ● 2 m QSFP28 dedicated stack
(supported by the last 16 SFP+ cable (supported in
ports and used only for zero- V200R020C10 and later
configuration stacking) versions)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 284

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE
A QSFP28 optical port cannot be split
into four 10GE ports, regardless of
whether the port uses a QSFP28 or
QSFP+ optical module.
For the S6730-H24X6C (part number:
02352FSG or 02352FSG-001):
● By default, the license is not loaded
on a switch.
● In V200R013C02, QSFP28 ports are
100GE ports.
● In V200R019C00 and later versions,
QSFP28 ports are 40GE ports. To use
the 100GE rate, you need to
purchase and activate a license.
● After a switch is upgraded from
V200R013C02 to V200R019C00 or a
later version, QSFP28 ports are still
100GE ports. You can load a license
to change the port rate.
● To change the rate of QSFP28 ports
from 40 Gbit/s to 100 Gbit/s, load
and activate this license, run the
assign port-speed 100GE [ slot
slot-id | all ] or assign port-type
100GE [ slot slot-id | all ]
command, and restart the switch. To
change the rate back to 40 Gbit/s,
run the undo assign port-speed
100GE [ slot slot-id | all ] or undo
assign port-type 100GE [ slot slot-
id | all ] command and restart the
switch.
In versions earlier than
V200R020C00, the command format
is assign port-speed 100GE [ slot
slot-id | all ].
In V200R020C00 and later versions,
the command format is assign
port-type 100GE [ slot slot-id |
all ].
For the S6730-H24X6C (part number:
02353GFC or 02353GFC-001), the
license has been activated and QSFP28
ports on the switch work as 100GE
ports. To change the rate of QSFP28
ports from 100GE to 40GE, run the
undo assign port-speed 100GE
command and restart the switch (undo
assign port-type 100GE command in
V200R020C00 and later versions).

3 Ground screw 4 SSD card slot

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. This slot is reserved for future use.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 285

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

5 One console port 6 One ETH management port

7 One USB port 8 One PNP button

NOTICE
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

9 Fan module slot 1 1 Fan module slot 2

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A- Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A-
B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side
exhaust)) exhaust))

1 Fan module slot 3 1 Fan module slot 4

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A- Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A-
B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side
exhaust)) exhaust))

1 Power module slot 1 1 Power module slot 2

3 4
NOTE NOTE
Applicable power module: Applicable power module:
● 5.16 PAC600S12-CB (600W AC ● 5.16 PAC600S12-CB (600W AC
Power Module) Power Module)
● 5.17 PAC600S12-DB (600W AC ● 5.17 PAC600S12-DB (600W AC
Power Module) (applicable in Power Module) (applicable in
V200R020C10 and later versions) V200R020C10 and later versions)
● 5.18 PDC1000S12-DB (1000W DC ● 5.18 PDC1000S12-DB (1000W DC
Power Module) Power Module)

Port Description
10GE SFP+ optical port
A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-188 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-188 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 286

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE/100GE QSFP28 optical port

A 40GE/100GE QSFP28 optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s
or 100 Gbit/s. Table 4-189 describes the attributes of a QSFP28 optical port.

Table 4-189 Attributes of a QSFP28 optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-190.

Table 4-190 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 287

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management

workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-191 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-191 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working Mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the switch for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.

USB port

The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6730-H24X6C has the same types of indicators as the S6730-H48X6C. For
details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6730-H24X6C can use a single power module or double power modules for
1+1 power redundancy. Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used
together in the same switch.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 288

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Heat Dissipation
The S6730-H24X6C uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air flows in
from the front side and exhausts from the rear panel.

Cold air
Hot air
Port side

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-192 lists technical specifications of the S6730-H24X6C.

Table 4-192 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 4 GB

Flash 2 GB in total. To view the available flash memory size, run

the display version command.

Mean time 62.27 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port N/A

surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±2 kV in differential mode, ±4
kV in common mode

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 289

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 420.0 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.5 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 446.0 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.6 in.)

Weight (with 8.9 kg (19.62 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE/100GE QSFP28 ports (a maximum of 6
physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage ● AC input: 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range ● High-Voltage DC input: 240 V DC
● DC input: -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum ● AC input: 90 V AC to 290 V AC, 45 Hz to 65 Hz

voltage range ● High-Voltage DC input: 190 V DC to 290 V DC
● DC input: -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 254 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 149 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating -5°C to +45°C (23°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The switch cannot be started when the ambient temperature is
lower than 0°C (32°F).
The operating temperature of the switch is -5°C to 40°C (23°F to
104°F) when it uses QSFP-100G-ER4 optical module.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 290

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 65 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number ● 02352FSG

● 02352FSG-001
● 02353GFC
● 02353GFC-001

4.12.2 S6730-H48X6C

Version Mapping
Table 4-193 lists the mapping between the S6730-H48X6C chassis and software
versions.

Table 4-193 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6730-H S6730-H48X6C 02352FSF: V200R013C02 and later

versions
02352FWL: V200R013C02 and later
versions
02352FSF-003: V200R020C10 and later
versions
02352FWL-003: V200R020C10 and later
versions

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 291

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-83 S6730-H48X6C appearance

1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6

SYS MST ID CloudEngine S6730-H48X6C 10G/1G

100G/40G

CONSOLE
SN
SYS
MST
MAC

PWR2
L/A

PWR1
AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT
USB FAN FAN FAN FAN
031A-B 031A-B 031A-B 031A-B
ID
PNP

SSD ETH FAN 1-4

3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 292

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Forty-eight 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Six 40GE/100GE QSFP28 optical

ports
Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module Applicable modules and cables:
● GE-CWDM optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-DWDM optical module ● QSFP28 optical module
● GE copper module ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
● 10GE SFP+ optical module QSFP+ high-speed copper
(OSXD22N00 not supported) cables
● 10GE-CWDM optical module ● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
● 10GE-DWDM optical module cable

● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+ ● 1 m QSFP28 to QSFP28 high-

high-speed copper cables speed copper cable
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables ● 10 m QSFP28 to QSFP28 AOC
cable
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+
dedicated stack cables ● 2 m QSFP28 dedicated stack
(supported by the last 16 SFP+ cable (supported in
ports and used only for zero- V200R020C10 and later
configuration stacking) versions)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 293

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE
A QSFP28 optical port cannot be split
into four 10GE ports, regardless of
whether the port uses a QSFP28 or
QSFP+ optical module.
For the S6730-H48X6C (part number:
02352FSF):
● By default, the license is not loaded
on a switch.
● In V200R013C02, QSFP28 ports are
100GE ports.
● In V200R019C00 and later versions,
QSFP28 ports are 40GE ports. To use
the 100GE rate, you need to
purchase and activate a license.
● After a switch is upgraded from
V200R013C02 to V200R019C00 or a
later version, QSFP28 ports are still
100GE ports. You can load a license
to change the port rate.
● To change the rate of QSFP28 ports
from 40 Gbit/s to 100 Gbit/s, load
and activate this license, run the
assign port-speed 100GE [ slot
slot-id | all ] or assign port-type
100GE [ slot slot-id | all ]
command, and restart the switch. To
change the rate back to 40 Gbit/s,
run the undo assign port-speed
100GE [ slot slot-id | all ] or undo
assign port-type 100GE [ slot slot-
id | all ] command and restart the
switch.
In versions earlier than
V200R020C00, the command format
is assign port-speed 100GE [ slot
slot-id | all ].
In V200R020C00 and later versions,
the command format is assign
port-type 100GE [ slot slot-id |
all ].
For the S6730-H48X6C (part number:
02353FWL), the license has been
activated and QSFP28 ports on these
switches work as 100GE ports. To
change the rate of QSFP28 ports from
100GE to 40GE, run the undo assign
port-speed 100GE command and
restart the switch (undo assign port-
type 100GE command in V200R020C00
and later versions).

3 Ground screw 4 SSD card slot

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. This slot is reserved for future use.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 294

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

5 One console port 6 One ETH management port

7 One USB port 8 One PNP button

NOTICE
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

9 Fan module slot 1 1 Fan module slot 2

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A- Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A-
B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side
exhaust)) exhaust))

1 Fan module slot 3 1 Fan module slot 4

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A- Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A-
B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side
exhaust)) exhaust))

1 Power module slot 1 1 Power module slot 2

3 4
NOTE NOTE
Applicable power module: Applicable power module:
● 5.16 PAC600S12-CB (600W AC ● 5.16 PAC600S12-CB (600W AC
Power Module) Power Module)
● 5.17 PAC600S12-DB (600W AC ● 5.17 PAC600S12-DB (600W AC
Power Module) (applicable in Power Module) (applicable in
V200R020C10 and later versions) V200R020C10 and later versions)
● 5.18 PDC1000S12-DB (1000W DC ● 5.18 PDC1000S12-DB (1000W DC
Power Module) Power Module)

Port Description
10GE SFP+ optical port
A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-194 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-194 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 295

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE/100GE QSFP28 optical port

A 40GE/100GE QSFP28 optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s
or 100 Gbit/s. Table 4-195 describes the attributes of a QSFP28 optical port.

Table 4-195 Attributes of a QSFP28 optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-196.

Table 4-196 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 296

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management

workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-197 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-197 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working Mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the switch for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 297

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Indicator Description

Figure 4-84 Indicators on the S6730-H48X6C

126 7 4
CONSOLE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
SYS
MST
L/A
USB FAN

AIR OUT
031A-B
ID
PNP

ETH FAN 1-4 SYS MST ID CloudEng

3 1 2 3
4 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6

SYS MST ID CloudEngine S6730-H48X6C 10G/1G

100G/40G

1 2 3
126 7
CONSOLE
SN
SYS
MST
MAC

PWR2
L/A

PWR1
AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

USB FAN FAN FAN FAN

031A-B 031A-B 031A-B 031A-B
ID
PNP

SSD ETH FAN 1-4

Table 4-198 Description of indicators on the switch

No Indic Name Color Statu Description

. ator s

1 SYS System - Off The system is not running.

status
indicator Green Fast The system is starting.
blinki
ng

Green Stead During the system startup preparation

y on phase, the SYS indicator is steady
green, which lasts for a maximum of
30 seconds.

Green Slow The system is running normally.

blinki
ng

Red Stead The system does not work normally

y on after registration, or a fan alarm or a
temperature alarm has been
generated.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 298

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indic Name Color Statu Description

. ator s

2 MST Stack - Off The switch is not the master switch in

indicator a stack.

Green Stead The switch is the master switch in a

y on stack or a standalone switch.

3 ID ID - Off The ID indicator is not used (default

indicator state).

Blue Stead The indicator identifies the switch to

y on maintain. The ID indicator can be
turned on or off remotely to help field
engineers find the switch to maintain.

4 - Service Green Off The port is not connected or has been

port shut down.
indicator
(10GE Stead A link has been established on the
optical y on port.
port) Yellow Off The port is not sending or receiving
data.

Blinki The port is sending or receiving data.

ng

5 - Service - Off The port is not connected or has been

port shut down.
indicator
(40GE/ Green Stead A link has been established on the
100GE y on port.
optical Blinki The port is sending or receiving data.
port) ng

6 L/A ETH port - Off The ETH port is not connected.

indicator
Green Stead The ETH port is connected.
y on

Green Blinki The Eth port is sending or receiving

ng data.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 299

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indic Name Color Statu Description

. ator s

7 USB USB- - Off ● No USB flash drive is connected to

based the switch.
deploym ● The USB port is damaged.
ent
indicator ● The indicator is damaged.
● The USB flash drive does not have
any configuration file and cannot
be used for deployment.
● The switch has been upgraded
using the USB flash drive and is
restarting.

Green Stead A USB-based deployment has been

y on completed.

Green Blinki The system is reading data from a

ng USB flash drive.

Yellow Stead The switch has copied all the required

y on files and completed the file check.
The USB flash drive can be removed
from the switch.

Red Blinki An error has occurred when the

ng system is executing the configuration
file or reading data from the USB
flash drive.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6730-H48X6C can use a single power module or double power modules for
1+1 power redundancy. Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used
together in the same switch.

Heat Dissipation
The S6730-H48X6C uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air flows in
from the front side and exhausts from the rear panel.

Cold air
Hot air
Port side

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 300

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-199 lists technical specifications of the S6730-H48X6C.

Table 4-199 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 4 GB

Flash 2 GB in total. To view the available flash memory size, run

the display version command.

Mean time 56.87 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port N/A

surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±2 kV in differential mode, ±4
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 420.0 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.5 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 446.0 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.6 in.)

Weight (with 9.2 kg (20.28 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE/100GE QSFP28 ports (a maximum of 6
physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 301

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Rated voltage ● AC input: 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range ● High-Voltage DC input: 240 V DC
● DC input: -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum ● AC input: 90 V AC to 290 V AC, 45 Hz to 65 Hz

voltage range ● High-Voltage DC input: 190 V DC to 290 V DC
● DC input: -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 291 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 165 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating -5°C to +45°C (23°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The switch cannot be started when the ambient temperature is
lower than 0°C (32°F).
The operating temperature of the switch is -5°C to 40°C (23°F to
104°F) when it uses QSFP-100G-ER4 optical module.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 65 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 302

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Part number ● 02352FSF

● 02353FWL
● 02352FSF-003
● 02353FWL-003

4.12.3 S6730-H24X4Y4C

Overview

Table 4-200 Basic information about the S6730-H24X4Y4C

Item Details

Description S6730-H24X4Y4C (24*10GE SFP+ ports,

4*25GE SFP28 ports, 4*100GE QSFP28
ports, without power module)

Part Number 02353NRD

Model S6730-H24X4Y4C

First supported version V200R020C00

Components

Figure 4-85 S6730-H24X4Y4C appearance

1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 CONSOLE

PWR1
PWR2
SYS
L/A
MST
SPEED
USB

MODE

10G/1G 25G/10G/1G ID 100G/40G ETH PNP

CloudEngine S6730-H24X4Y4C

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 303

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Power module slot 1 2 Power module slot 2

NOTE NOTE
Applicable power module: Applicable power module:
● 5.11 PDC260S12-DL (260W DC ● 5.11 PDC260S12-DL (260W DC
Power Module) Power Module)
● 5.12 PAC300S12-CL (300W AC ● 5.12 PAC300S12-CL (300W AC
Power Module) Power Module)

3 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 4 Four 1GE/10GE/25GE SFP28 optical

ports
NOTE
In V200R021C00 and later versions, a
RTU license can be loaded to increase
the port rate to 25 Gbit/s.

5 Four 40GE/100GE QSFP28 optical 6 One console port

ports

7 One ETH management port 8 One USB port

9 One PNP button - -

NOTICE
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 304

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Ports

Table 4-201 Ports on the S6730-H24X4Y4C

Port Connector Type Description Available

Components

10GE SFP+ optical SFP+ A 10GE SFP+ ● GE eSFP

port Ethernet optical optical
port supports modules
auto-sensing to ● GE-CWDM
1000 Mbit/s. It eSFP optical
sends and modules
receives service
data at 1000 ● GE-DWDM
Mbit/s or 10 eSFP optical
Gbit/s. modules

In V200R021C00 ● GE SFP copper

and later versions, module
a RTU license can ● 10GE SFP+
be loaded to optical
increase the port modules
rate to 25 Gbit/s. (OSXD22N00
and SFP-10G-
ZR not
supported)
● 1 m, 2 m, 3 m,
5 m, and 10 m
SFP+ high-
speed copper
cables
● 3 m and 10 m
SFP+ AOC
cables
● 0.5 m and 1.5
m SFP+
dedicated
stack cables
(supported by
the last 16
SFP+ ports
and used only
for zero-
configuration
stacking)
● 25GE SFP28
optical
modules
(need a
license
loaded)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 305

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Connector Type Description Available

Components

● 1 m SFP28
high-speed
copper cable
(need a
license
loaded)
● 3 m, 5 m, 7 m,
and 10 m
SFP28 AOC
cables (need a
license
loaded)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 306

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Connector Type Description Available

Components

1GE/10GE/25GE SFP28 A 1GE/10GE/25GE ● GE eSFP

SFP28 optical port SFP28 optical port optical
sends and modules
receives service ● GE-CWDM
data at 1 Gbit/s, eSFP optical
10 Gbit/s, or 25 modules
Gbit/s.
● GE-DWDM
When a 25GE eSFP optical
optical module is modules
connected to a
port, the port can ● GE SFP copper
automatically module
adjust its rate to ● 10GE SFP+
25 Gbit/s. optical
When a 10GE modules
optical module is (OSXD22N00
connected to a and SFP-10G-
port, the port can ZR not
automatically supported)
adjust its rate to ● 25GE SFP28
10 Gbit/s. optical
Before installing a modules
GE optical module ● 1 m, 2 m, 3 m,
on a port, run the 5 m, and 10 m
port mode ge SFP+ high-
command to speed copper
configure the port cables
to work at 1 ● 3 m and 10 m
Gbit/s. SFP+ AOC
cables
● 1 m SFP28
high-speed
copper cable
● 3 m, 5 m, 7 m,
and 10 m
SFP28 AOC
cables

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 307

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Connector Type Description Available

Components

40GE/100GE QSFP28 A 40GE/100GE ● 40GE QSFP+

QSFP28 optical QSFP28 optical optical
port port sends and modules
receives service ● 100GE QSFP28
traffic at 40 Gbit/s optical
or 100 Gbit/s. modules
A QSFP28 optical ● 1 m, 3 m, and
port cannot be 5 m QSFP+ to
split into four QSFP+ high-
10GE ports, speed copper
regardless of cables
whether the port
uses a QSFP28 or ● 10 m QSFP+
QSFP+ optical to QSFP+ AOC
module. cable
● 1 m QSFP28
to QSFP28
high-speed
copper cable
● 10 m QSFP28
to QSFP28
AOC cable
● 2 m QSFP28
dedicated
stack cable
(supported in
V200R020C10
and later
versions)

Console port RJ45 The console port Console cable

is connected to a
console for on-
site configuration.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 308

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Connector Type Description Available

Components

ETH management RJ45 You can connect a Ethernet cable

port switch to a
configuration
terminal or
network
management
workstation
through the ETH
management port
to configure the
switch locally or
remotely.
You can choose to
download the
software package
through the ETH
management port
in the BootLoad
menu. File
transfer through
the ETH
management port
is faster than
transfer through
the console port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 309

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Connector Type Description Available

Components

USB port USB 2.0 Type A The USB port can USB flash drive
have a USB flash
drive connected
to upgrade the
switch, or transfer
configuration files
or other files. The
USB port can only
connect to a USB
flash drive that
complies with
USB 2.0.
USB flash drives
from different
vendors differ in
model
compatibility and
drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot
be used, try to
replace it with
another one from
a mainstream
vendor. Switches
support a
maximum of 128
GB USB flash
drives.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 310

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Indicators and Buttons

Figure 4-86 Indicators on the S6730-H24X4Y4C

3 21 7 7 8 9 10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 CONSOLE

PWR1
PWR2
SYS
MST L/A
SPEED
USB

MODE

CloudEngine S6730-H24X4Y4C ID 100G/40G ETH PNP

45 6

3 21 7 7 78 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 CONSOLE

PWR1
PWR2
SYS
L/A
MST
SPEED
USB

MODE

10G/1G 25G/10G/1G ID 100G/40G ETH PNP

CloudEngine S6730-H24X4Y4C

45 6

Table 4-202 Description of indicators on the switch

No Indic Name Color Statu Description

. ator s

1 PWR Power - Off No power module is available in

1 module power module slot 1, or the switch
indicator has only one power module but the
power module does not work
normally.

Green Stead A power module is installed in power

y on module slot 1 and is working
normally.

Yellow Stead The switch has two power modules

y on installed. Any of the following
situations occurs in power module
slot 1:
● A power module is available in this
slot but it is not connected to a
power source.
● The power module in this slot has
failed.

2 PWR Power - Off No power module is available in

2 module power module slot 2, or the switch
indicator has only one power module but the
power module does not work
normally.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 311

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indic Name Color Statu Description

. ator s

Green Stead A power module is installed in power

y on module slot 2 and is working
normally.

Yellow Stead The switch has two power modules

y on installed. Any of the following
situations occurs in power module
slot 2:
● A power module is available in this
slot but it is not connected to a
power source.
● The power module in this slot has
failed.

3 SYS System - Off The system is not running.

status
indicator Green Fast The system is starting.
blinki
ng

Green Stead During the system startup preparation

y on phase, the SYS indicator is steady
green, which lasts for a maximum of
30 seconds.

Green Slow The system is running normally.

blinki
ng

Red Stead The system does not work normally

y on after registration, or a fan alarm or a
temperature alarm has been
generated.

4 MST Stack - Off ● If you are not changing the

indicator indicator mode (default): The
switch is a standby or slave switch
in a stack or the stacking function
is not enabled on the switch.
● If you are changing the indicator
mode: The stack mode is not
selected.

Green Stead The stack mode is selected. The

y on switch is a standby or slave switch in
a stack, and the service port
indicators show the stack ID of the
switch.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 312

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indic Name Color Statu Description

. ator s

Green Blinki ● If you are not changing the

ng indicator mode (default): The
switch is the master switch in a
stack or a standalone switch with
the stacking function enabled.
● If you are changing the indicator
mode: The stack mode is selected.
The switch is the master switch in
a stack or a standalone switch, and
the service port indicators show
the stack ID of the master switch.
After 45 seconds, the service port
indicators automatically restore to
the status mode.

5 SPEE Speed - Off The speed mode is not selected.

D indicator
Green Stead The speed mode is selected, and
y on service port indicators show the speed
of each port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 313

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indic Name Color Statu Description

. ator s

6 MO Mode - - ● When you press this button once,

DE switch the service port indicators change
button to the stack mode and show the
stack ID of the local switch.
● When you press this button a
second time, the service port
indicators change to the speed
mode and show the speed of each
service port.
● When you press this button a third
time, the service port indicators
restore to the default mode and
show the connection status and
link activity of each service port.
If you do not press the MODE button
within 45 seconds, the service port
indicators restore to the default
mode. In this case, the SPEED
indicator is off.
NOTE
Hold down the mode switch button for 6s
and release it to start the web initial login
mode. Either of the following situations
will occur:
● If the switch has no configuration file,
the system attempts to enter the web
initial login mode. In this mode, the
status of mode indicators is as follows:
● If the system enters the web initial
login mode successfully, all mode
indicators turn green and stay on
for a maximum of 10 minutes.
● If the system fails to enter the
initial login mode, all mode
indicators fast blink for 10 seconds
and then restore the default status.
● If the switch has a configuration file,
the system cannot enter the web
initial login mode. In this case, all
mode indicators fast blink for 10s, and
then return to the default states.

7 ID ID - Off The ID indicator is not used (default

indicator state).

Blue Stead The indicator identifies the switch to

y on maintain. The ID indicator can be
turned on or off remotely to help field
engineers find the switch to maintain.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 314

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indic Name Color Statu Description

. ator s

8 - Service Meanings of service port indicators vary in different

port modes. For details, see Table 4-203 and Table 4-204.
indicator

9 L/A ETH port - Off The ETH port is not connected.

indicator
Green Stead The ETH port is connected.
y on

Green Blinki The ETH port is sending or receiving

ng data.

10 USB USB- - Off ● No USB flash drive is connected to

based the switch.
deploym ● The USB port is damaged.
ent
indicator ● The indicator is damaged.
● The USB flash drive does not have
any configuration file and cannot
be used for deployment.
● The switch has been upgraded
using the USB flash drive and is
restarting.

Green Stead A USB-based deployment has been

y on completed.

Green Blinki The system is reading data from a

ng USB flash drive.

Yellow Stead The switch has copied all the required

y on files and completed the file check.
The USB flash drive can be removed
from the switch.

Red Blinki An error has occurred when the

ng system is executing the configuration
file or reading data from the USB
flash drive.

Table 4-203 Description of service port indicators in different modes (two

indicators for each port)
Display Mode Color Status Description

Default mode - Off The port is not connected or has

been shut down.

Green Steady A link has been established on

on the port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 315

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Display Mode Color Status Description

Yellow Blinking The port is sending or receiving

data.

MST stack mode - Off Port indicators do not show the

stack ID of the switch.

Green Steady The switch is not the master

and on switch in a stack.
yellow ● If the indicator of a port is
steady on, the number of this
port is the stack ID of the
switch.
● If the indicators of ports 1 to 9
are steady on, the stack ID of
the switch is 0.

Green Blinking The switch is the master switch in

and a stack.
yellow ● If the indicator of a port is
blinking, the number of this
port is the stack ID of the
switch.
● If the indicators of ports 1 to 9
are blinking, the stack ID of
the switch is 0.

Speed mode - Off The port is not connected or has

been shut down.

Green Steady ● GE/10GE SFP+ port: The port

and on is operating at 1 Gbit/s.
yellow ● 1GE/10GE/25GE SFP28 port:
The port is operating at 1
Gbit/s or 10 Gbit/s.

Green Blinking ● GE/10GE SFP+ port: The port

and is operating at 10 Gbit/s.
yellow ● 1GE/10GE/25GE SFP28 port:
The port is operating at 25
Gbit/s.

Table 4-204 Description of service port indicators in different modes (one

indicator for each port)
Display Mode Color Status Description

Default mode - Off The port is not connected or has

been shut down.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 316

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Display Mode Color Status Description

Green Steady A link has been established on

on the port.

Green Blinking The port is sending or receiving

data.

Speed mode - Off The port is not connected or has

been shut down.

Green Steady ● 1GE/10GE/25GE SFP28 port:

on The port is operating at 1
Gbit/s or 10 Gbit/s.
● 40GE/100GE QSFP28 port: The
port is operating at 40 Gbit/s.

Green Blinking ● 1GE/10GE/25GE SFP28 port:

The port is operating at 25
Gbit/s.
● 40GE/100GE QSFP28 port: The
port is operating at 100 Gbit/s.

Power Supply System

The switch can use a single power module or double power modules for 1+1
power redundancy. Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used together in
the same switch.

Heat Dissipation System

The switch has three built-in fans for forced air cooling. Air flows in from the left
side and front panel, and exhausts from the right side.

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 317

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Technical Specifications

Table 4-205 Technical specifications of the S6730-H24X4Y4C

Item Specification

Dimensions without packaging (H x W Basic dimensions (excluding the parts

x D) [mm(in.)] protruding from the body): 43.6 mm x
442.0 mm x 220.0 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4
in. x 8.66 in.)
Maximum dimensions (the depth is
the distance from ports on the front
panel to the parts protruding from the
rear panel): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x
231.0 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x 9.1 in.)

Dimensions with packaging (H x W x 115 mm × 545 mm × 360 mm (4.53 in.

D) [mm(in.)] x 21.46 in. x 14.17 in.)

Chassis height [U] 1U

Weight without packaging [kg(lb)] 3.4 kg (7.5 lb)

Weight with packaging [kg(lb)] 4.65 kg (10.25 lb)

Typical power consumption [W] 186 W

Typical heat dissipation [BTU/hour] 634.65 BTU/hour

Maximum power consumption [W] 253 W

Maximum heat dissipation [BTU/hour] 863.26 BTU/hour

MTBF [year] 54.68 year

MTTR [hour] 2 hour

Availability >0.99999

Noise at normal temperature (acoustic 64.5 dB(A)

power) [dB(A)]

Number of card slots 0

Number of power slots 2

Number of fans modules 3

Redundant power supply 1+1

AC and DC power can be used
together.

Long-term operating temperature -5°C to +45°C (23°F to 113°F) at an

[°C(°F)] altitude of 0-1800 m (0-5906 ft.)

Short-term operating temperature Not supported

[°C(°F)]

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 318

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Specification

Restriction on the operating When the altitude is 1800-5000 m

temperature variation rate [°C(°F)] (5906-16404 ft.), the highest operating
temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F)
every time the altitude increases by
220 m (722 ft.).
The switch cannot be started when the
ambient temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F).
The operating temperature of the
switch is -5°C to 40°C (23°F to 104°F)
when it uses QSFP-100G-ER4 optical
module.

Storage temperature [°C(°F)] -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

Long-term operating relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

[RH]

Long-term operating altitude [m(ft.)] 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

Storage altitude [m(ft.)] 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

Power supply mode Pluggable power supply

Rated input voltage [V] ● AC input: 100 V AC to 240 V AC,

50/60 Hz
● High-Voltage DC input: 240 V DC
● DC input: -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Input voltage range [V] ● AC input: 90 V AC to 290 V AC, 45

Hz to 65 Hz
● High-Voltage DC input: 190 V DC to
290 V DC
● DC input: -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum input current [A] 300 W AC: 4 A

260 W DC: 10 A

Memory 4 GB

Flash memory 2 GB in total. To view the available

flash memory size, run the display
version command.

Console port RJ45

Eth Management port RJ45

USB Supported

RTC Supported

RPS input Not supported

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 319

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Specification

Service port surge protection [kV] -

Power supply surge protection [kV] ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in

differential mode, ±6 kV in common
mode
● Using DC power modules: ±2 kV in
differential mode, ±4 kV in common
mode

Types of fans Built-in

Heat dissipation mode Heat dissipation with fan, intelligent

fan speed adjustment

Airflow direction Air flows in from the left side and

front panel, and exhausts from the
right side.

PoE Not supported

Certification EMC certification

Safety certification
Manufacturing certification

4.12.4 S6730-H28Y4C

Overview

Table 4-206 Basic information about the S6730-H28Y4C

Item Details

Description S6730-H28Y4C (28*25GE SFP28 ports,

4*100GE QSFP28 ports, without power
module)

Part Number 02353LGV

Model S6730-H28Y4C

First supported version V200R020C00

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 320

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Components

Figure 4-87 S6730-H28Y4C appearance

1 2 3 4 5 67 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 1 2 3 4 CONSOLE

PWR1
PWR2
SYS
L/A
MST
SPEED
USB

MODE

25G/10G/1G 25G/10G/1G ID 100G/40G ETH PNP

CloudEngine S6730-H28Y4C

1 Power module slot 1 2 Power module slot 2

NOTE NOTE
Applicable power module: Applicable power module:
● 5.11 PDC260S12-DL (260W DC ● 5.11 PDC260S12-DL (260W DC
Power Module) Power Module)
● 5.12 PAC300S12-CL (300W AC ● 5.12 PAC300S12-CL (300W AC
Power Module) Power Module)

3 Twenty-eight 1GE/10GE/25GE 4 Four 40GE/100GE QSFP28 optical

SFP28 optical ports ports

5 One console port 6 One ETH management port

7 One USB port 8 One PNP button

NOTICE
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 321

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Ports

Table 4-207 Ports on the S6730-H28Y4C

Port Connector Type Description Available
Components

1GE/10GE/25GE SFP28 A 1GE/10GE/25GE ● GE eSFP

SFP28 optical port SFP28 optical port optical
sends and modules
receives service ● GE-CWDM
data at 1 Gbit/s, eSFP optical
10 Gbit/s, or 25 modules
Gbit/s.
● GE-DWDM
When a 25GE eSFP optical
optical module is modules
connected to a
port, the port can ● GE SFP copper
automatically module
adjust its rate to ● 10GE SFP+
25 Gbit/s. optical
When a 10GE modules
optical module is (OSXD22N00
connected to a and SFP-10G-
port, the port can ZR not
automatically supported)
adjust its rate to ● 25GE SFP28
10 Gbit/s. optical
Before installing a modules
GE optical module ● 1 m, 2 m, 3 m,
on a port, run the 5 m, and 10 m
port mode ge SFP+ high-
command to speed copper
configure the port cables
to work at 1 ● 3 m and 10 m
Gbit/s. SFP+ AOC
cables
● 1 m SFP28
high-speed
copper cable
● 3 m, 5 m, 7 m,
and 10 m
SFP28 AOC
cables

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 322

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Connector Type Description Available

Components

40GE/100GE QSFP28 A 40GE/100GE ● 40GE QSFP+

QSFP28 optical QSFP28 optical optical
port port sends and modules
receives service ● 100GE QSFP28
traffic at 40 Gbit/s optical
or 100 Gbit/s. modules
A QSFP28 optical ● 1 m, 3 m, and
port cannot be 5 m QSFP+ to
split into four QSFP+ high-
10GE ports, speed copper
regardless of cables
whether the port
uses a QSFP28 or ● 10 m QSFP+
QSFP+ optical to QSFP+ AOC
module. cable
● 1 m QSFP28
to QSFP28
high-speed
copper cable
● 10 m QSFP28
to QSFP28
AOC cable
● 2 m QSFP28
dedicated
stack cable
(supported in
V200R020C10
and later
versions)

Console port RJ45 The console port Console cable

is connected to a
console for on-
site configuration.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 323

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Connector Type Description Available

Components

ETH management RJ45 You can connect a Ethernet cable

port switch to a
configuration
terminal or
network
management
workstation
through the ETH
management port
to configure the
switch locally or
remotely.
You can choose to
download the
software package
through the ETH
management port
in the BootLoad
menu. File
transfer through
the ETH
management port
is faster than
transfer through
the console port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 324

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Connector Type Description Available

Components

USB port USB 2.0 Type A The USB port can USB flash drive
have a USB flash
drive connected
to upgrade the
switch, or transfer
configuration files
or other files. The
USB port can only
connect to a USB
flash drive that
complies with
USB 2.0.
USB flash drives
from different
vendors differ in
model
compatibility and
drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot
be used, try to
replace it with
another one from
a mainstream
vendor. Switches
support a
maximum of 128
GB USB flash
drives.

Indicators and Buttons

The S6730-H28Y4C has the same types of indicators as the S6730-H24X4Y4C. For
details, see the S6730-H24X4Y4C.

Power Supply System

The switch can use a single power module or double power modules for 1+1
power redundancy. Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used together in
the same switch.

Heat Dissipation System

The switch has three built-in fans for forced air cooling. Air flows in from the left
side and front panel, and exhausts from the right side.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 325

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cold air
Port side Hot air

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications

Table 4-208 Technical specifications of the S6730-H28Y4C

Item Specification

Dimensions without packaging (H x W Basic dimensions (excluding the parts

x D) [mm(in.)] protruding from the body): 43.6 mm x
442.0 mm x 220.0 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4
in. x 8.66 in.)
Maximum dimensions (the depth is
the distance from ports on the front
panel to the parts protruding from the
rear panel): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x
231.0 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x 9.1 in.)

Dimensions with packaging (H x W x 115 mm × 545 mm × 360 mm (4.53 in.

D) [mm(in.)] x 21.46 in. x 14.17 in.)

Chassis height [U] 1U

Weight without packaging [kg(lb)] 3.4 kg (7.5 lb)

Weight with packaging [kg(lb)] 4.65 kg (10.25 lb)

Typical power consumption [W] 186 W

Typical heat dissipation [BTU/hour] 634.65 BTU/hour

Maximum power consumption [W] 253 W

Maximum heat dissipation [BTU/hour] 863.26 BTU/hour

MTBF [year] 54.68 year

MTTR [hour] 2 hour

Availability >0.99999

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 326

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Specification

Noise at normal temperature (acoustic 64.5 dB(A)

power) [dB(A)]

Number of card slots 0

Number of power slots 2

Number of fans modules 3

Redundant power supply 1+1

AC and DC power can be used
together.

Long-term operating temperature -5°C to +45°C (23°F to 113°F) at an

[°C(°F)] altitude of 0-1800 m (0-5906 ft.)

Short-term operating temperature Not supported

[°C(°F)]

Restriction on the operating When the altitude is 1800-5000 m

temperature variation rate [°C(°F)] (5906-16404 ft.), the highest operating
temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F)
every time the altitude increases by
220 m (722 ft.).
The switch cannot be started when the
ambient temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F).
The operating temperature of the
switch is -5°C to 40°C (23°F to 104°F)
when it uses QSFP-100G-ER4 optical
module.

Storage temperature [°C(°F)] -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

Long-term operating relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

[RH]

Long-term operating altitude [m(ft.)] 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

Storage altitude [m(ft.)] 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

Power supply mode Pluggable power supply

Rated input voltage [V] ● AC input: 100 V AC to 240 V AC,

50/60 Hz
● High-Voltage DC input: 240 V DC
● DC input: -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 327

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Specification

Input voltage range [V] ● AC input: 90 V AC to 290 V AC, 45

Hz to 65 Hz
● High-Voltage DC input: 190 V DC to
290 V DC
● DC input: -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum input current [A] 300 W AC: 4 A

260 W DC: 10 A

Memory 4 GB

Flash memory 2 GB in total. To view the available

flash memory size, run the display
version command.

Console port RJ45

Eth Management port RJ45

USB Supported

RTC Supported

RPS input Not supported

Service port surge protection [kV] -

Power supply surge protection [kV] ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in

differential mode, ±6 kV in common
mode
● Using DC power modules: ±2 kV in
differential mode, ±4 kV in common
mode

Types of fans Built-in

Heat dissipation mode Heat dissipation with fan, intelligent

fan speed adjustment

Airflow direction Air flows in from the left side and

front panel, and exhausts from the
right side.

PoE Not supported

Certification EMC certification

Safety certification
Manufacturing certification

4.13 S6730-S

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 328

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

4.13.1 S6730-S24X6Q

Version Mapping
Table 4-209 lists the mapping between the S6730-S24X6Q chassis and software
versions.

Table 4-209 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6730-S S6730-S24X6Q 02353AJW: V200R019C00 and later

versions
02353AJW-001: V200R020C10 and later
versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-88 S6730-S24X6Q appearance

1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6

40G
SYS MST ID CloudEngine S6730-S24X6Q 10G/1G

CONSOLE
SN
SYS
MST
MAC

PWR2
L/A
PWR1
AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

USB FAN FAN FAN FAN

031A-B 031A-B 031A-B 031A-B
ID
PNP

SSD ETH FAN 1-4

3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 329

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Six 40GE QSFP+ optical ports

Applicable modules and cables: Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
● GE-DWDM optical module QSFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● GE copper module
● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
● 10GE SFP+ optical module cable
(OSXD22N00 not supported)
● 2 m QSFP28 dedicated stack
● 10GE-CWDM optical module cable (supported in
● 10GE-DWDM optical module V200R020C10 and later
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+ versions)
high-speed copper cables NOTE
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables A QSFP+ optical port cannot be split
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+ into four 10GE ports.
dedicated stack cables
(supported by the last 16 SFP+
ports and used only for zero-
configuration stacking)

3 Ground screw 4 SSD card slot

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. This slot is reserved for future use.

5 One console port 6 One ETH management port

7 One USB port 8 One PNP button

NOTICE
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

9 Fan module slot 1 1 Fan module slot 2

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A- Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A-
B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side
exhaust)) exhaust))

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 330

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Fan module slot 3 1 Fan module slot 4

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A- Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A-
B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side
exhaust)) exhaust))

1 Power module slot 1 1 Power module slot 2

3 4
NOTE NOTE
Applicable power module: Applicable power module:
● 5.16 PAC600S12-CB (600W AC ● 5.16 PAC600S12-CB (600W AC
Power Module) Power Module)
● 5.17 PAC600S12-DB (600W AC ● 5.17 PAC600S12-DB (600W AC
Power Module) (applicable in Power Module) (applicable in
V200R020C10 and later versions) V200R020C10 and later versions)
● 5.18 PDC1000S12-DB (1000W DC ● 5.18 PDC1000S12-DB (1000W DC
Power Module) Power Module)

Port Description
10GE SFP+ optical port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-210 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-210 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE QSFP+ optical port

A 40GE QSFP+ optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s. Table
4-211 describes the attributes of a QSFP+ optical port.

Table 4-211 Attributes of a QSFP+ optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 331

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-212.

Table 4-212 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-213 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-213 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working Mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 332

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the switch for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description

Figure 4-89 Indicators on the S6730-S24X6Q

126 7 4
CONSOLE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
SYS
MST
L/A
USB FAN
AIR OUT

031A-B
ID
PNP

ETH FAN 1-4 SYS MST ID CloudEng

3 1 2 3
4 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6

40G
SYS MST ID CloudEngine S6730-S24X6Q 10G/1G

1 2 3
126 7
CONSOLE
SN
SYS
MST
MAC
PWR2

L/A
PWR1
AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

USB FAN FAN FAN FAN

031A-B 031A-B 031A-B 031A-B
ID
PNP

SSD ETH FAN 1-4

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 333

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-214 Description of indicators on the switch

No Indic Name Color Statu Description
. ator s

1 SYS System - Off The system is not running.

status
indicator Green Fast The system is starting.
blinki
ng

Green Stead During the system startup preparation

y on phase, the SYS indicator is steady
green, which lasts for a maximum of
30 seconds.

Green Slow The system is running normally.

blinki
ng

Red Stead The system does not work normally

y on after registration, or a fan alarm or a
temperature alarm has been
generated.

2 MST Stack - Off The switch is not the master switch in

indicator a stack.

Green Stead The switch is the master switch in a

y on stack or a standalone switch.

3 ID ID - Off The ID indicator is not used (default

indicator state).

Blue Stead The indicator identifies the switch to

y on maintain. The ID indicator can be
turned on or off remotely to help field
engineers find the switch to maintain.

4 - Service - Off The port is not connected or has been

port shut down.
indicator
(10GE Green Stead A link has been established on the
optical y on port.
port) - Off The port is not sending or receiving
data.

Yellow Blinki The port is sending or receiving data.

ng

5 - Service - Off The port is not connected or has been

port shut down.
indicator
(40GE Green Stead A link has been established on the
optical y on port.
port)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 334

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indic Name Color Statu Description

. ator s

Blinki The port is sending or receiving data.

ng

6 L/A ETH port - Off The ETH port is not connected.

indicator
Green Stead The ETH port is connected.
y on

Green Blinki The Eth port is sending or receiving

ng data.

7 USB USB- - Off ● No USB flash drive is connected to

based the switch.
deploym ● The USB port is damaged.
ent
indicator ● The indicator is damaged.
● The USB flash drive does not have
any configuration file and cannot
be used for deployment.
● The switch has been upgraded
using the USB flash drive and is
restarting.

Green Stead A USB-based deployment has been

y on completed.

Green Blinki The system is reading data from a

ng USB flash drive.

Yellow Stead The switch has copied all the required

y on files and completed the file check.
The USB flash drive can be removed
from the switch.

Red Blinki An error has occurred when the

ng system is executing the configuration
file or reading data from the USB
flash drive.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6730-S24X6Q can use a single power module or double power modules for
1+1 power redundancy. Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used
together in the same switch.

Heat Dissipation
The S6730-S24X6Q uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air flows in
from the front side and exhausts from the rear panel.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 335

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cold air
Hot air
Port side

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-215 lists technical specifications of the S6730-S24X6Q.

Table 4-215 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 4 GB

Flash 2 GB in total. To view the available flash memory size, run

the display version command.

Mean time 62.27 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port N/A

surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±2 kV in differential mode, ±4
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 420.0 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.5 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 446.0 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.6 in.)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 336

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Weight (with 8.9 kg (19.62 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum of 6 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage ● AC input: 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range ● High-Voltage DC input: 240 V DC
● DC input: -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum ● AC input: 90 V AC to 290 V AC, 45 Hz to 65 Hz

voltage range ● High-Voltage DC input: 190 V DC to 290 V DC
● DC input: -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 249 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 135 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating -5°C to +45°C (23°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The switch cannot be started when the ambient temperature is
lower than 0°C (32°F).

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 65 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 337

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 02353AJW

02353AJW-001

4.14 S6730S-S

4.14.1 S6730S-S24X6Q-A

Version Mapping
Table 4-216 lists the mapping between the S6730S-S24X6Q-A chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-216 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6730S-S S6730S-S24X6Q-A 02353AJX: V200R019C00 and later

versions
02353AJX-001: V200R020C10 and later
versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-90 S6730S-S24X6Q-A appearance

1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6

40G
SYS MST ID CloudEngine S6730S-S24X6Q 10G/1G

STAT
CONSOLE
SN
SYS AIR OUT
MST
MAC
PWR2

L/A
PWR1
PAC600S12-CB
PWR
AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

USB FAN FAN FAN FAN

031A-B 031A-B 031A-B 031A-B
ID
PNP

SSD ETH FAN 1-4

3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 338

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Six 40GE QSFP+ optical ports

Applicable modules and cables: Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-CWDM optical module ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
● GE-DWDM optical module QSFP+ high-speed copper
cables
● GE copper module
● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
● 10GE SFP+ optical module cable
(OSXD22N00 not supported)
● 2 m QSFP28 dedicated stack
● 10GE-CWDM optical module cable (supported in
● 10GE-DWDM optical module V200R020C10 and later
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+ versions)
high-speed copper cables NOTE
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables A QSFP+ optical port cannot be split
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+ into four 10GE ports.
dedicated stack cables
(supported by the last 16 SFP+
ports and used only for zero-
configuration stacking)

3 Ground screw 4 SSD card slot

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. This slot is reserved for future use.

5 One console port 6 One ETH management port

7 One USB port 8 One PNP button

NOTICE
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

9 Fan module slot 1 1 Fan module slot 2

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A- Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A-
B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side
exhaust)) exhaust))

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 339

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Fan module slot 3 1 Fan module slot 4

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A- Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A-
B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side
exhaust)) exhaust))

1 Power module slot 1 1 Power module slot 2

3 4
NOTE NOTE
Applicable power module: Applicable power module:
● 5.16 PAC600S12-CB (600W AC ● 5.16 PAC600S12-CB (600W AC
Power Module) Power Module)
● 5.17 PAC600S12-DB (600W AC ● 5.17 PAC600S12-DB (600W AC
Power Module) (applicable in Power Module) (applicable in
V200R020C10 and later versions) V200R020C10 and later versions)
● 5.18 PDC1000S12-DB (1000W DC ● 5.18 PDC1000S12-DB (1000W DC
Power Module) Power Module)

Port Description
10GE SFP+ optical port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-217 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-217 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE QSFP+ optical port

A 40GE QSFP+ optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s. Table
4-218 describes the attributes of a QSFP+ optical port.

Table 4-218 Attributes of a QSFP+ optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 340

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port
The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-219.

Table 4-219 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management
workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-220 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-220 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Working Mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 341

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the switch for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description

Figure 4-91 Indicators on the S6730S-S24X6Q-A

126 7 4
CONSOLE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
SYS
MST
L/A
USB FAN
AIR OUT

031A-B
ID
PNP

ETH FAN 1-4 SYS MST ID CloudEng

3 1 2 3
4 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6

40G
SYS MST ID CloudEngine S6730S-S24X6Q 10G/1G

1 2 3
126 7
STAT
CONSOLE
SN
SYS AIR OUT
MST
MAC
PWR2

L/A
PWR1
PAC600S12-CB
PWR
AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

USB FAN FAN FAN FAN

031A-B 031A-B 031A-B 031A-B
ID
PNP

SSD ETH FAN 1-4

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 342

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-221 Description of indicators on the switch

No Indic Name Color Statu Description
. ator s

1 SYS System - Off The system is not running.

status
indicator Green Fast The system is starting.
blinki
ng

Green Stead During the system startup preparation

y on phase, the SYS indicator is steady
green, which lasts for a maximum of
30 seconds.

Green Slow The system is running normally.

blinki
ng

Red Stead The system does not work normally

y on after registration, or a fan alarm or a
temperature alarm has been
generated.

2 MST Stack - Off The switch is not the master switch in

indicator a stack.

Green Stead The switch is the master switch in a

y on stack or a standalone switch.

3 ID ID - Off The ID indicator is not used (default

indicator state).

Blue Stead The indicator identifies the switch to

y on maintain. The ID indicator can be
turned on or off remotely to help field
engineers find the switch to maintain.

4 - Service - Off The port is not connected or has been

port shut down.
indicator
(10GE Green Stead A link has been established on the
optical y on port.
port) - Off The port is not sending or receiving
data.

Yellow Blinki The port is sending or receiving data.

ng

5 - Service - Off The port is not connected or has been

port shut down.
indicator
(40GE Green Stead A link has been established on the
optical y on port.
port)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 343

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indic Name Color Statu Description

. ator s

Blinki The port is sending or receiving data.

ng

6 L/A ETH port - Off The ETH port is not connected.

indicator
Green Stead The ETH port is connected.
y on

Green Blinki The Eth port is sending or receiving

ng data.

7 USB USB- - Off ● No USB flash drive is connected to

based the switch.
deploym ● The USB port is damaged.
ent
indicator ● The indicator is damaged.
● The USB flash drive does not have
any configuration file and cannot
be used for deployment.
● The switch has been upgraded
using the USB flash drive and is
restarting.

Green Stead A USB-based deployment has been

y on completed.

Green Blinki The system is reading data from a

ng USB flash drive.

Yellow Stead The switch has copied all the required

y on files and completed the file check.
The USB flash drive can be removed
from the switch.

Red Blinki An error has occurred when the

ng system is executing the configuration
file or reading data from the USB
flash drive.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6730S-S24X6Q-A can use a single power module or double power modules
for 1+1 power redundancy. Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used
together in the same switch.

Heat Dissipation
The S6730S-S24X6Q-A uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air flows
in from the front side and exhausts from the rear panel.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 344

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cold air
Hot air
Port side

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-222 lists technical specifications of the S6730S-S24X6Q-A.

Table 4-222 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 4 GB

Flash 2 GB in total. To view the available flash memory size, run

the display version command.

Mean time 62.27 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port N/A

surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±2 kV in differential mode, ±4
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 420.0 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.5 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 446.0 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.6 in.)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 345

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Weight (with 9.84 kg (21.69 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE QSFP+ ports (a maximum of 6 physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Rated voltage ● AC input: 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range ● High-Voltage DC input: 240 V DC
● DC input: -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum ● AC input: 90 V AC to 290 V AC, 45 Hz to 65 Hz

voltage range ● High-Voltage DC input: 190 V DC to 290 V DC
● DC input: -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 249 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 135 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating -5°C to +45°C (23°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The switch cannot be started when the ambient temperature is
lower than 0°C (32°F).

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 65 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 346

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Part number 02353AJX

02353AJX-001

4.15 S6730S-H

4.15.1 S6730S-H24X6C-A

Version Mapping
Table 4-223 lists the mapping between the S6730S-H24X6C-A chassis and
software versions.

Table 4-223 Version mapping

Series Model Software Version

S6730S-H S6730S-H24X6C-A 02353HVK: V200R019C10 and later

versions
02353HVK-001: V200R020C10 and later
versions

Appearance and Structure

Figure 4-92 S6730S-H24X6C-A appearance

1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6

10G/1G 100G/40G
SYS MST ID CloudEngine S6730S-H24X6C

CONSOLE
SN
SYS
MST
MAC
PWR2

L/A
PWR1
AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

USB FAN FAN FAN FAN

031A-B 031A-B 031A-B 031A-B
ID
PNP

SSD ETH FAN 1-4

3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 347

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Six 40GE/100GE QSFP28 optical

ports
Applicable modules and cables:
● GE optical module Applicable modules and cables:
● GE-CWDM optical module ● QSFP+ optical module
● GE-DWDM optical module ● QSFP28 optical module
● GE copper module ● 1 m, 3 m, and 5 m QSFP+ to
QSFP+ high-speed copper
● 10GE SFP+ optical module cables
(OSXD22N00 not supported)
● 10 m QSFP+ to QSFP+ AOC
● 10GE-CWDM optical module cable
● 10GE-DWDM optical module ● 1 m QSFP28 to QSFP28 high-
● 1 m, 3 m, 5 m, and 10 m SFP+ speed copper cable
high-speed copper cables ● 10 m QSFP28 to QSFP28 AOC
● 3 m and 10 m SFP+ AOC cables cable
● 0.5 m and 1.5 m SFP+ ● 2 m QSFP28 dedicated stack
dedicated stack cables cable (supported in
(supported by the last 16 SFP+ V200R020C10 and later
ports and used only for zero- versions)
configuration stacking)
NOTE
A QSFP28 optical port cannot be split
into four 10GE ports, regardless of
whether the port uses a QSFP28 or
QSFP+ optical module.
The default rate is 100 Gbit/s. To
change the rate of QSFP28 ports from
100GE to 40GE, run the undo assign
port-speed 100GE command and
restart the switch (undo assign port-
type 100GE command in V200R020C00
and later versions).

3 Ground screw 4 SSD card slot

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. This slot is reserved for future use.

5 One console port 6 One ETH management port

7 One USB port 8 One PNP button

NOTICE
To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 348

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

9 Fan module slot 1 1 Fan module slot 2

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A- Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A-
B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side
exhaust)) exhaust))

1 Fan module slot 3 1 Fan module slot 4

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A- Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A-
B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side
exhaust)) exhaust))

1 Power module slot 1 1 Power module slot 2

3 4
NOTE NOTE
Applicable power module: Applicable power module:
● 5.16 PAC600S12-CB (600W AC ● 5.16 PAC600S12-CB (600W AC
Power Module) Power Module)
● 5.17 PAC600S12-DB (600W AC ● 5.17 PAC600S12-DB (600W AC
Power Module) (applicable in Power Module) (applicable in
V200R020C10 and later versions) V200R020C10 and later versions)
● 5.18 PDC1000S12-DB (1000W DC ● 5.18 PDC1000S12-DB (1000W DC
Power Module) Power Module)

Port Description
10GE SFP+ optical port

A 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port supports auto-sensing to 1000 Mbit/s. It sends
and receives service data at 1000 Mbit/s or 10 Gbit/s. Table 4-224 describes the
attributes of a 10GE SFP+ Ethernet optical port.

Table 4-224 Attributes of a 10GE SFP+ port

Attribute Description

Connector type LC/PC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ae
compliance

Working mode GE/10GE auto-sensing

40GE/100GE QSFP28 optical port

A 40GE/100GE QSFP28 optical port sends and receives service traffic at 40 Gbit/s
or 100 Gbit/s. Table 4-225 describes the attributes of a QSFP28 optical port.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 349

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Table 4-225 Attributes of a QSFP28 optical port

Attribute Description

Connector type MPO/LC

Optical port Depend on the optical module used

attributes

Standards IEEE802.3ba
compliance

Console port

The console port is connected to a console for on-site configuration. The port
must use a console cable. The console port is used when a switch is powered on
for the first time. For details about the attributes of a console port, see Table
4-226.

Table 4-226 Attributes of a console port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards RS-232
compliance

Working mode Duplex Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter (UART)

Baud rate 9600 bit/s, 19200 bit/s, 38400 bit/s, 57600 bit/s, or 115200
bit/s
Default value: 9600 bit/s

ETH management port

You can connect a switch to a configuration terminal or network management

workstation through the ETH management port to configure the switch locally or
remotely. The port must use an Ethernet cable. You can choose to download the
software package through the ETH management port in the BootLoad menu. File
transfer through the ETH management port is faster than transfer through the
console port. Table 4-227 describes the attributes of an ETH management port.

Table 4-227 Attributes of an ETH management port

Attribute Description

Connector type RJ45

Standards IEEE802.3
compliance

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 350

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Attribute Description

Working Mode 10/100 Mbit/s auto-sensing

Maximum 100 m
transmission
distance

In V200R012C00 and later versions, you can log in to the switch that contains the
ETH management port for the first time through the ETH port. For details, see
"First Login to a Switch" in the Configuration Guide - Basic Configuration. If you
have logged in to the switch for the first time by pressing and holding the MODE
button for 6 seconds or longer and saved the configuration, the default
configuration on the ETH port will be cleared. In this case, you cannot log in to
the switch for the first time through the ETH port. You are advised to log in to the
switch for the first time through the ETH port.
USB port
The USB port can have a USB flash drive connected to upgrade the switch, or
transfer configuration files or other files. The USB port can only connect to a USB
flash drive that complies with USB 2.0.
NOTE

USB flash drives from different vendors differ in model compatibility and drivers. If a USB
flash drive cannot be used, try to replace it with another one from a mainstream vendor.
Switches support a maximum of 128 GB USB flash drives.

Indicator Description
The S6730S-H24X6C-A has the same types of indicators as the S6730-H48X6C. For
details, see Indicator Description.

Power Supply Configuration

The S6730S-H24X6C-A can use a single power module or double power modules
for 1+1 power redundancy. Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used
together in the same switch.

Heat Dissipation
The S6730S-H24X6C-A uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air flows
in from the front side and exhausts from the rear panel.

Cold air
Hot air
Port side

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 351

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications
Table 4-228 lists technical specifications of the S6730S-H24X6C-A.

Table 4-228 Technical specifications

Item Description

Memory (RAM) 4 GB

Flash 2 GB in total. To view the available flash memory size, run

the display version command.

Mean time 62.27 years

between failures
(MTBF)

Mean time to 2 hours

repair (MTTR)

Availability > 0.99999

Service port N/A

surge protection

Power supply ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in differential mode, ±6

surge protection kV in common mode
● Using DC power modules: ±2 kV in differential mode, ±4
kV in common mode

Dimensions (H x ● Basic dimensions (excluding the parts protruding from

W x D) the body): 43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 420.0 mm (1.72 in. x
17.4 in. x 16.5 in.)
● Maximum dimensions (the depth is the distance from
ports on the front panel to the handle on the rear panel):
43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 446.0 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x
17.6 in.)

Weight (with 9.84 kg (21.69 lb)

packaging)

Stack ports ● Any 10GE SFP+ ports (a maximum of 16 physical ports)

● Any 40GE/100GE QSFP28 ports (a maximum of 6
physical ports)

RTC Supported

RPS Not supported

PoE Not supported

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 352

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Rated voltage ● AC input: 100 V AC to 240 V AC, 50/60 Hz

range ● High-Voltage DC input: 240 V DC
● DC input: -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Maximum ● AC input: 90 V AC to 290 V AC, 45 Hz to 65 Hz

voltage range ● High-Voltage DC input: 190 V DC to 290 V DC
● DC input: -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum power 254 W

consumption
(100%
throughput, full
speed of fans)

Typical power 149 W

consumption
(30% of traffic
load, tested
according to ATIS
standard)

Operating -5°C to +45°C (23°F to 113°F) at an altitude of 0-1800 m

temperature (0-5906 ft.)
NOTE
When the altitude is 1800-5000 m (5906-16404 ft.), the highest
operating temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F) every time the
altitude increases by 220 m (722 ft.).
The switch cannot be started when the ambient temperature is
lower than 0°C (32°F).
The operating temperature of the switch is -5°C to 40°C (23°F to
104°F) when it uses QSFP-100G-ER4 optical module.

Storage -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

temperature

Noise under < 65 dB(A)

normal
temperature
(27°C, sound
power)

Relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

Operating 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

altitude

Certification ● EMC certification

● Safety certification
● Manufacturing certification

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 353

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Description

Part number 02353HVK

02353HVK-001

4.16 S6730-H-V2

4.16.1 S6730-H24X6C-V2

Overview

Table 4-229 Basic information about the S6730-H24X6C-V2

Item Details

Description S6730-H24X6C-V2 (24*10GE SFP+

ports, 6*40GE QSFP28 ports, optional
license for upgrade to 6*100GE
QSFP28, without power module)

Part Number 02354HHV

Model S6730-H24X6C-V2

First supported version V600R021C00

Components

Figure 4-93 S6730-H24X6C-V2 appearance

1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 6

10G/1G 100G/40G
SYS MST ID CloudEngine S6730-H24X6C-V2

CONSOLE
SN
SYS
MST
MAC
PWR2

L/A
PWR1
AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

USB FAN FAN FAN FAN

031A-B 031A-B 031A-B 031A-B
ID
PNP

SSD ETH FAN 1-4

3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 354

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

1 Twenty-four 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Six 40GE/100GE QSFP28 optical

ports
NOTE
A QSFP28 optical port cannot be split
into four 10GE ports.
QSFP28 ports are 40GE ports by
default.
Currently, the 100GE rate is not
supported.

3 Ground screw 4 SSD card slot

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. This slot is reserved for future use.

5 One console port 6 One ETH management port

7 One USB port 8 One PNP button

NOTE NOTICE
This port is reserved for future use. To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

9 Fan module slot 1 1 Fan module slot 2

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A- Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A-
B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side
exhaust)) exhaust))

1 Fan module slot 3 1 Fan module slot 4

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A- Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A-
B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side
exhaust)) exhaust))

1 Power module slot 1 1 Power module slot 2

3 4
NOTE NOTE
Applicable power module: Applicable power module:
● 5.16 PAC600S12-CB (600W AC ● 5.16 PAC600S12-CB (600W AC
Power Module) Power Module)
● 5.17 PAC600S12-DB (600W AC ● 5.17 PAC600S12-DB (600W AC
Power Module) Power Module)
● 5.18 PDC1000S12-DB (1000W DC ● 5.18 PDC1000S12-DB (1000W DC
Power Module) Power Module)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 355

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Ports

Table 4-230 Ports on the S6730-H24X6C-V2

Port Connector Type Description Available
Components

10GE SFP+ optical SFP+ A 10GE SFP+ ● GE eSFP

port Ethernet optical optical
port supports modules
auto-sensing to ● GE-CWDM
1000 Mbit/s. It eSFP optical
sends and modules
receives service
data at 1000 ● GE-DWDM
Mbit/s or 10 eSFP optical
Gbit/s. modules
● GE SFP copper
module
● 10GE SFP+
optical
modules
(OSXD22N00
not
supported)
● 10GE-CWDM
SFP+ optical
modules
● 10GE-DWDM
SFP+ optical
modules
● 3 m and 10 m
SFP+ AOC
cables

40GE/100GE QSFP28 QSFP28 ports are ● 40GE QSFP+

QSFP28 optical 40GE ports by optical
port default. Currently, modules
the 100GE rate is ● 10 m QSFP+
not supported. to QSFP+ AOC
A QSFP28 optical cable
port cannot be
split into four
10GE ports.

Console port RJ45 The console port Console cable

is connected to a
console for on-
site configuration.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 356

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Connector Type Description Available

Components

ETH management RJ45 You can connect a Ethernet cable

port switch to a
configuration
terminal or
network
management
workstation
through the ETH
management port
to configure the
switch locally or
remotely.
You can choose to
download the
software package
through the ETH
management port
in the BootLoad
menu. File
transfer through
the ETH
management port
is faster than
transfer through
the console port.

USB port USB 2.0 Type A This port is -

reserved for
future use.

Indicators and Buttons

The S6730-H24X6C-V2 has the same types of indicators as the S6730-H48X6C-V2.
For details, see the S6730-H48X6C-V2.

Power Supply System

The switch can use a single power module or double power modules for 1+1
power redundancy. Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used together in
the same switch.

Heat Dissipation System

The switch uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air flows in from the
front side and exhausts from the rear panel.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 357

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Cold air
Hot air
Port side

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications

Table 4-231 Technical specifications of the S6730-H24X6C-V2

Item Specification

Dimensions without packaging (H x W Basic dimensions (excluding the parts

x D) [mm(in.)] protruding from the body): 43.6 mm x
442.0 mm x 420.0 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4
in. x 16.5 in.)
Maximum dimensions (the depth is
the distance from ports on the front
panel to the handle on the rear panel):
43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 446.0 mm
(1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x 17.6 in.)

Chassis height [U] 1U

Weight with packaging [kg(lb)] 8.9 kg(lb)

Typical power consumption [W] 149 W

Typical heat dissipation [BTU/hour] 508.4 BTU/hour

Maximum power consumption [W] 254 W

Maximum heat dissipation [BTU/hour] 866.67 BTU/hour

MTBF [year] 62.27 year

MTTR [hour] 2 hour

Availability >0.99999

Noise at normal temperature (acoustic 65 dB(A)

power) [dB(A)]

Number of card slots 0

Number of power slots 2

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 358

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Specification

Number of fans modules 4

Redundant power supply 1+1

AC and DC power can be used
together.

Long-term operating temperature -5°C to +45°C (23°F to 113°F) at an

[°C(°F)] altitude of 0-1800 m (0-5906 ft.)

Short-term operating temperature Not supported

[°C(°F)]

Restriction on the operating When the altitude is 1800-5000 m

temperature variation rate [°C(°F)] (5906-16404 ft.), the highest operating
temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F)
every time the altitude increases by
220 m (722 ft.).
The switch cannot be started when the
ambient temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F).
The operating temperature of the
switch is -5°C to 40°C (23°F to 104°F)
when it uses QSFP-100G-ER4 optical
module.

Storage temperature [°C(°F)] -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

Long-term operating relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

[RH]

Long-term operating altitude [m(ft.)] 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

Storage altitude [m(ft.)] 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

Power supply mode Pluggable power supply

Rated input voltage [V] ● AC input: 100 V AC to 240 V AC,

50/60 Hz
● High-Voltage DC input: 240 V DC
● DC input: -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Input voltage range [V] ● AC input: 90 V AC to 290 V AC, 45

Hz to 65 Hz
● High-Voltage DC input: 190 V DC to
290 V DC
● DC input: -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum input current [A] 600 W AC: 8 A

1000 W DC: 30 A

Memory 4 GB

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 359

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Specification

Flash memory 2 GB in total. To view the available

flash memory size, run the display
version command.

Console port RJ45

Eth Management port RJ45

USB Supported

RTC Supported

RPS input Not supported

Service port surge protection [kV] -

Power supply surge protection [kV] ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in

differential mode, ±6 kV in common
mode
● Using DC power modules: ±2 kV in
differential mode, ±4 kV in common
mode

Types of fans Pluggable

Heat dissipation mode Heat dissipation with fan, intelligent

fan speed adjustment

Airflow direction Air intake from front, air exhaustion

from rear (front-to-rear)

PoE Not supported

Certification EMC certification

Safety certification
Manufacturing certification

4.16.2 S6730-H48X6C-V2

Overview

Table 4-232 Basic information about the S6730-H48X6C-V2

Item Details

Description S6730-H48X6C-V2 (48*10GE SFP+

ports, 6*40GE QSFP28 ports, optional
license for upgrade to 6*100GE
QSFP28, without power module)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 360

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Details

Part Number 02354HHT

Model S6730-H48X6C-V2

First supported version V600R021C00

Components

Figure 4-94 S6730-H48X6C-V2 appearance

1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6

SYS MST ID CloudEngine S6730-H48X6C-V2 10G/1G

100G/40G

CONSOLE
SN
SYS
MST
MAC

PWR2
L/A

PWR1
AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

USB FAN FAN FAN FAN

031A-B 031A-B 031A-B 031A-B
ID
PNP

SSD ETH FAN 1-4

3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1 Forty-eight 10GE SFP+ ports 2 Six 40GE/100GE QSFP28 optical

ports
NOTE
A QSFP28 optical port cannot be split
into four 10GE ports.
QSFP28 ports are 40GE ports by
default.
Currently, the 100GE rate is not
supported.

3 Ground screw 4 SSD card slot

NOTE NOTE
It is used with a ground cable. This slot is reserved for future use.

5 One console port 6 One ETH management port

7 One USB port 8 One PNP button

NOTE NOTICE
This port is reserved for future use. To restore the factory settings and reset
the switch, hold down the button for at
least 6 seconds.
To reset the switch, press the button.
Resetting the switch will cause service
interruption. Exercise caution when you
press the PNP button.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 361

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

9 Fan module slot 1 1 Fan module slot 2

0
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A- Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A-
B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side
exhaust)) exhaust))

1 Fan module slot 3 1 Fan module slot 4

1 2
NOTE NOTE
Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A- Applicable fan module: 6.5 FAN-031A-
B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side B (Fan box(B,FAN panel side
exhaust)) exhaust))

1 Power module slot 1 1 Power module slot 2

3 4
NOTE NOTE
Applicable power module: Applicable power module:
● 5.16 PAC600S12-CB (600W AC ● 5.16 PAC600S12-CB (600W AC
Power Module) Power Module)
● 5.17 PAC600S12-DB (600W AC ● 5.17 PAC600S12-DB (600W AC
Power Module) Power Module)
● 5.18 PDC1000S12-DB (1000W DC ● 5.18 PDC1000S12-DB (1000W DC
Power Module) Power Module)

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 362

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Ports

Table 4-233 Ports on the S6730-H48X6C-V2

Port Connector Type Description Available
Components

10GE SFP+ optical SFP+ A 10GE SFP+ ● GE eSFP

port Ethernet optical optical
port supports modules
auto-sensing to ● GE-CWDM
1000 Mbit/s. It eSFP optical
sends and modules
receives service
data at 1000 ● GE-DWDM
Mbit/s or 10 eSFP optical
Gbit/s. modules
● GE SFP copper
module
● 10GE SFP+
optical
modules
(OSXD22N00
not
supported)
● 10GE-CWDM
SFP+ optical
modules
● 10GE-DWDM
SFP+ optical
modules
● 3 m and 10 m
SFP+ AOC
cables

40GE/100GE QSFP28 QSFP28 ports are ● 40GE QSFP+

QSFP28 optical 40GE ports by optical
port default. Currently, modules
the 100GE rate is ● 10 m QSFP+
not supported. to QSFP+ AOC
cable

Console port RJ45 The console port Console cable

is connected to a
console for on-
site configuration.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 363

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Port Connector Type Description Available

Components

ETH management RJ45 You can connect a Ethernet cable

port switch to a
configuration
terminal or
network
management
workstation
through the ETH
management port
to configure the
switch locally or
remotely.
You can choose to
download the
software package
through the ETH
management port
in the BootLoad
menu. File
transfer through
the ETH
management port
is faster than
transfer through
the console port.

USB port USB 2.0 Type A This port is -

reserved for
future use.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 364

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Indicators and Buttons

Figure 4-95 Indicators on the S6730-H48X6C-V2

126 7 4
CONSOLE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
SYS
MST
L/A

AIR OUT
USB FAN
031A-B
ID
PNP

ETH FAN 1-4 SYS MST ID CloudEng

3 1 2 3
4 5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 1 2 3 4 5 6

SYS MST ID CloudEngine S6730-H48X6C-V2 10G/1G

100G/40G

1 2 3
126 7
CONSOLE
SN
SYS
MST
MAC

PWR2
L/A

PWR1
AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

AIR OUT

USB FAN FAN FAN FAN

031A-B 031A-B 031A-B 031A-B
ID
PNP

SSD ETH FAN 1-4

Table 4-234 Description of indicators on the switch

No Indic Name Color Statu Description
. ator s

1 SYS System - Off The system is not running.

status
indicator Green Fast The system is starting.
blinki
ng

Green Stead During the system startup preparation

y on phase, the SYS indicator is steady
green, which lasts for a maximum of
30 seconds.

Green Slow The system is running normally.

blinki
ng

Red Stead A fault that affects services has

y on occurred and it cannot be rectified
automatically (critical alarm about
hardware).

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 365

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

No Indic Name Color Statu Description

. ator s

2 MST Stack - Off The stacking function is reserved and

indicator not supported currently.

3 ID ID - Off The ID indicator is not used (default

indicator state).

Blue Stead The indicator identifies the switch to

y on maintain. The ID indicator can be
turned on or off remotely to help field
engineers find the switch to maintain.

4 - Service Green Off The port is not connected or has been

port shut down.
indicator
(10GE Stead A link has been established on the
optical y on port.
port) Yellow Off The port is not sending or receiving
data.

Blinki The port is sending or receiving data.

ng

5 - Service - Off The port is not connected or has been

port shut down.
indicator
(40GE/ Green Stead A link has been established on the
100GE y on port.
optical Blinki The port is sending or receiving data.
port) ng

6 L/A ETH port - Off The ETH port is not connected.

indicator
Green Stead The ETH port is connected.
y on

Green Blinki The Eth port is sending or receiving

ng data.

7 USB USB- - Off This port is reserved for future use.

based
deploym
ent
indicator

Power Supply System

The switch can use a single power module or double power modules for 1+1
power redundancy. Pluggable AC and DC power modules can be used together in
the same switch.

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 366

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Heat Dissipation System

The switch uses pluggable fan modules for forced air cooling. Air flows in from the
front side and exhausts from the rear panel.

Cold air
Hot air
Port side

NOTE

This figure only shows the airflow direction and does not depict the actual device.

Technical Specifications

Table 4-235 Technical specifications of the S6730-H48X6C-V2

Item Specification

Dimensions without packaging (H x W Basic dimensions (excluding the parts

x D) [mm(in.)] protruding from the body): 43.6 mm x
442.0 mm x 420.0 mm (1.72 in. x 17.4
in. x 16.5 in.)
Maximum dimensions (the depth is
the distance from ports on the front
panel to the handle on the rear panel):
43.6 mm x 442.0 mm x 446.0 mm
(1.72 in. x 17.4 in. x 17.6 in.)

Chassis height [U] 1U

Weight with packaging [kg(lb)] 9.2 kg(lb)

Typical power consumption [W] 165 W

Typical heat dissipation [BTU/hour] 563 BTU/hour

Maximum power consumption [W] 291 W

Maximum heat dissipation [BTU/hour] 992.92 BTU/hour

MTBF [year] 56.87 year

MTTR [hour] 2 hour

Availability >0.99999

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 367

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Specification

Noise at normal temperature (acoustic 65 dB(A)

power) [dB(A)]

Number of card slots 0

Number of power slots 2

Number of fans modules 4

Redundant power supply 1+1

AC and DC power can be used
together.

Long-term operating temperature -5°C to +45°C (23°F to 113°F) at an

[°C(°F)] altitude of 0-1800 m (0-5906 ft.)

Short-term operating temperature Not supported

[°C(°F)]

Restriction on the operating When the altitude is 1800-5000 m

temperature variation rate [°C(°F)] (5906-16404 ft.), the highest operating
temperature reduces by 1°C (1.8°F)
every time the altitude increases by
220 m (722 ft.).
The switch cannot be started when the
ambient temperature is lower than 0°C
(32°F).
The operating temperature of the
switch is -5°C to 40°C (23°F to 104°F)
when it uses QSFP-100G-ER4 optical
module.

Storage temperature [°C(°F)] -40°C to +70°C (-40°F to +158°F)

Long-term operating relative humidity 5% to 95%, noncondensing

[RH]

Long-term operating altitude [m(ft.)] 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

Storage altitude [m(ft.)] 0-5000 m (0-16404 ft.)

Power supply mode Pluggable power supply

Rated input voltage [V] ● AC input: 100 V AC to 240 V AC,

50/60 Hz
● High-Voltage DC input: 240 V DC
● DC input: -48 V DC to -60 V DC

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 368

S6700 Series Ethernet Switches
Hardware Description 4 Chassis

Item Specification

Input voltage range [V] ● AC input: 90 V AC to 290 V AC, 45

Hz to 65 Hz
● High-Voltage DC input: 190 V DC to
290 V DC
● DC input: -38.4 V DC to -72 V DC

Maximum input current [A] 600 W AC: 8 A

1000 W DC: 30 A

Memory 4 GB

Flash memory 2 GB in total. To view the available

flash memory size, run the display
version command.

Console port RJ45

Eth Management port RJ45

USB Supported

RTC Supported

RPS input Not supported

Service port surge protection [kV] -

Power supply surge protection [kV] ● Using AC power modules: ±6 kV in

differential mode, ±6 kV in common
mode
● Using DC power modules: ±2 kV in
differential mode, ±4 kV in common
mode

Types of fans Pluggable

Heat dissipation mode Heat dissipation with fan, intelligent

fan speed adjustment

Airflow direction Air intake from front, air exhaustion

from rear (front-to-rear)

PoE Not supported

Certification EMC certification

Safety certification
Manufacturing certification

Issue 38 (2021-08-20) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 369